<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="ko">
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Thpepe</id>
		<title>장서각위키 - 사용자 기여 [ko]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Thpepe"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php/%ED%8A%B9%EC%88%98:%EA%B8%B0%EC%97%AC/Thpepe"/>
		<updated>2026-05-22T22:01:49Z</updated>
		<subtitle>사용자 기여</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.27.1</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_JSG_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)&amp;diff=15325</id>
		<title>2018 JSG Summer Hanmun Workshop (Intermediate)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_JSG_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)&amp;diff=15325"/>
				<updated>2018-07-26T10:20:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* VI-3. Chuk puin chŏn(竹夫人傳) translated by Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This Wikisite is constructed by Kim Hayoung 김하영 with the help of An Sungjun 안승준, Chung Suhwan 정수환, and Yun Jinyoung 윤진영. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Backward.png|right|50px|link=(2018SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Home.png|right|50px|link=(SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Back2017.png|right|50px|link=2017_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Description'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this course is to provide students an intensive training in what is commonly referred to as “classical Chinese,” or hanmun, which constitutes the nucleus of the literary languages of premodern China, Korea, and Japan. Because this workshop is intended for future researchers and scholars of premodern Korean culture in a broader context of East Asian civilization, which some call the “Sinosphere,” we will focus on the most fundamental sentence patterns and grammatical devices commonly used in hanmun, exploring some canonical texts that embody the linguistic and cultural grammars of classical Chinese literature. &lt;br /&gt;
Each day, the class will study grammatical devices and patterns with simple sentences and read (excerpts of) regular hanmun texts for applied practice. We will read and critically analyze the texts, with which to formulate an academically-minded English translation of them. At the end of the workshop, students are expected to become familiar with different types of texts, to gain first-hand knowledge around the original texts of old Korean books, and more importantly, to become intellectually independent in their own future research critically engaging primary texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Class'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A daily class is divided into three sessions. In Session 1 we read Pak Semu’s 朴世茂 (1487–1554) treatise to initiate students into Confucian literacy, Tongmong sŏnsŭp 童蒙先習 (Preparatory Learning for the Youth). Session 2 comprises studying syntactic and morphological patterns established by grammatical words, building up from the simplest forms to the more complex. This part of instruction will make use of the two representative primers of Chosŏn:  the Ch’ugu 推句 (Versed Lines), a collection of quatrains epitomizing hanmun verses for those who have finished Ch’ŏnjamun 千字文 (Thousand-character Text); and the Hagŏjip 學語集 (Collection of Sentences for Learning), a collection of short prose-sentences to initiate beginners in hanmun texts. Learning with Ch’ugu and Hagŏjip allows us to experience both poetic- and prose-style sentences. The first two sessions will intensively engage two fundamental practices of hanmun literacy: parsing (both vocal and visual) and close reading. In Session 3 we translate various excerpts from actual literary pieces from China and Korea, applying the practices we learn in the first two sessions. The underlying focus of the study progresses as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 1''' : basic structure, predication and commenting, parts of speech and word order, substantives and predicatives, nouns and pronouns, action verbs and stative verbs, adverbs, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 2''' : discourse and context, parallelism and correspondence, building contexts and “dragging”, conjunctives and connectives, 語氣詞 and 語助詞  &lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 3''' : intertextuality, allusions, and pattern, literary precedents and elicitors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reading the original text together, parsing its sentences, and carefully analyzing parts both syntactically and semantically, which will form a basic training of translation. The instructor will give lectures when needed, to reinforce the knowledge of grammatical words, information on reference tools, and relevant sociocultural context of fundamental importance. Each student will be responsible for looking up and learning unfamiliar hantcha, practicing to punctuate sentences that were studied in the previous classes, and participating in drafting translations. The outcome of translation will be archived and shared.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instructor===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[오영균 (吳英均, Young Kyun Oh)|오영균 (吳英均, Young Kyun Oh)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==수강생 Participants==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 참가자 명단 Participants List　''cf''. [[(SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 참가자 Summer Hanmun Workshop Participants|역대 참가자 Previous Participants]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;background-color:#fdfdfd;&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot; | 연도 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 성명 || style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot; | 국적 || style=&amp;quot;width:20%&amp;quot; | 소속 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 직위 || style=&amp;quot;width:20%&amp;quot; | 연구/전공분야 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 그룹&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Cho, Francisca || 미국&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;USA || 미국 조지타운대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Georgetown University || 교수&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Associate Professor || Buddhism || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Lin, Nan Kathy || 미국&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;USA || 미국 조지타운대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Georgetown University || 박사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Doctoral Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Svakova, Petra || 체코&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Czech || 한국 성균관대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Sungkyunkwan University || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || East Asian Studies || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Vermette, Kyrie || 캐나다&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Canada || 캐나다 브리티시 컬럼비아대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of British Columbia || 박사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Doctoral Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Sauvadet, Bryan || 프랑스&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;France || 프랑스 파리7대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Paris Diderot University (Paris VII) || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || Korean Studies /Korean Art History /Korean Religious Studies || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Volpe, Althea || 이탈리아&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Italy || 이탈리아 사피엔자대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;La Sapienza University || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Gledic, Jelena || 세르비아&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Serbia || 세르비아 베오그라드대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of Belgrade || 강사&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Lecturer || Cultural Studies /Identity studies, Chinese history || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Chae-Duporge, Okyang || 프랑스&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;France || 프랑스 국립동양학대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;INALCO || 강사&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Lecturer || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Butterfield, James Julian || 캐나다&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Canada || 캐나다 토론토대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of Toronto || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Rzanna, Ewa || 폴란드&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Poland || 폴란드 세종학당 &amp;amp; 아담 미츠키에비치 대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;King Sejong Institute &amp;amp; Adam Mickiewicz University || 연구원&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Researcher || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Participants]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Schedule'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 1 - 9:00–10:30 AM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 2 - 10:40–12:00 AM, 1:00–2:00 PM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 3 - 2:10–4:00 PM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible  mw-collapsed&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{인용문2|&lt;br /&gt;
'''the 3-Week Schedule''' ''- View Details''  }}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:30px;&amp;quot;|Date || style=&amp;quot;width:300px;&amp;quot;|Contents || style=&amp;quot;width:200px;&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/2 || S1: 	Opening Ceremony, Placement Test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2: 	Introduction: Classical Chinese, literary Chinese, Sino-Korean, and Hanmun&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/3 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 1–4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 1, 4; ''Hagŏjip'' 1–5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 8, 23, 43&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/4 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 5–8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 6–10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
|| Field Trip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/5 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 9–13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 5, 7, 9; ''Hagŏjip'' 11–15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 10, 13, 16&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/6 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 14–17&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 13, 15, 16; ''Hagŏjip'' 16–20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 9, 15, 24&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/9 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 18–22&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 18, 19; ''Hagŏjip'' 21–25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 4, 11, 12&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 23–25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 22, 24, 30; ''Hagŏjip'' 26–30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 1, 11, 33, 37&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 26–30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 31–35&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Special Lecture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 31–34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 32, 37, 39; ''Hagŏjip'' 36–40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 5, 17, 20, 38&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 35–38&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 41–45&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Field Trip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 39–42&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 41, 46, 50; ''Hagŏjip'' 46–50&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 21, 27, 36&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 43–47&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 51–55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Special Lecture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 48–52&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 56, 57, 58; ''Hagŏjip'' 56–60&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 2, 6, 43&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 53–56&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 59, 60; ''Hagŏjip'' Review 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 29, 34, 42&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/20 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' Review &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' Review; ''Hagŏjip'' Review 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 28, 44&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We aim to practice academic translation. An academic translation should prove to be comprehensive to an intellectual reader for whom no previous knowledge of or about the text is assumed, rendered in a clear, precise, yet hermeneutically nuanced language. There are four aspects of concentration in our training:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:(1)	Faithfulness to the original text&lt;br /&gt;
:(2)	Linguistic clarity of the translating language&lt;br /&gt;
:(3)	Detailed annotation to integrate contextual and intertextual information &lt;br /&gt;
:(4)	Observance of academic convention for translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''List of Hanmun Text'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 1''' : Tongmong sŏnsŭp 童蒙先習 (Preparatory Learning for the Youth)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 2''' :  Ch’ugu 推句 (Versed Lines)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::　　 Hagŏjip 學語集 (Collection of Sentences for Learning)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 3''' : [[2018 Summer Hanmun Workshop (Intermediate)#Session 3: 選讀 Short Passages for Practice|Excerpts for practice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 1: 童蒙先習 Preparatory Learning for the Youth===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' is a well-known hanmun primer for novices after their initiation in hantcha with the ''Chŏnjamun'' 千字文. Its text spells out the fundamental ethico-historial framework of Confucianism, quoting and alluding most frequently used 2018 童蒙先習 in the traditional discourse of moral maxims. Its language is prosodic and suitable for vocal reading and reciting. The introduction delineates the ethics based on the Five Cardinal Relations (''oryun'' 五倫), followed by an overview of Chinese and Korean histories as realizing ethical principles endowed in human civilization. Its authorship had been generally attributed to Pak Semu 朴世茂 (1487–1554), though some recorded Kim An’guk 金安國 (1478–1543) as its author. Yun Insŏ’s 尹仁恕 postface, included in the 1543 edition (printed at the P’yŏngan Magistrate Office), states that Min Chein 閔齊仁, then P’yŏngan Magistrate, co-authored this work. A recent discovery of a block-printed edition bearing Min Chein as the author strongly suggests that Min authored it before Pak did because it predates the manuscript edition that recorded Pak Semu as the author, which had been known as the earliest edition. Authorship aside, however, it appears reasonable to assume that the sentences in the Tongmong sŏnsŭp were commonly shared for pedagogical purposes among the literati since early Chosŏn. As it has also been used at the court to instruct royal princes since King Hyŏnjong’s reign (1659–1674), there are a number of prints and manuscripts extant. The 1759 edition especially contains King Yŏngjo’s 英祖 preface and Song Siyŏl’s 宋時烈 (1607–1689) postface, indicating that it was received widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;| date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|童蒙先習&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/03||[[2018 童蒙先習 01 - 04|童蒙先習 01 - 04]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/04||[[2018 童蒙先習 05 - 08|童蒙先習 05 - 08]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/05||[[2018 童蒙先習 09 - 13|童蒙先習 09 - 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/06||[[2018 童蒙先習 14 - 17|童蒙先習 14 - 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/09||[[2018 童蒙先習 18 - 22|童蒙先習 18 - 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10||[[2018 童蒙先習 23 - 25|童蒙先習 23 - 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11||[[2018 童蒙先習 26 - 30|童蒙先習 26 - 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12||[[2018 童蒙先習 31 - 34|童蒙先習 31 - 34]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13||[[2018 童蒙先習 35 - 38|童蒙先習 35 - 38]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16||[[2018 童蒙先習 39 - 42|童蒙先習 39 - 42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17||[[2018 童蒙先習 43 - 47|童蒙先習 43 - 47]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18||[[2018 童蒙先習 48 - 52|童蒙先習 48 - 52]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19||[[2018 童蒙先習 53 - 56|童蒙先習 53 - 56]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|*||[[2018 童蒙先習 御製童蒙先習序|御製童蒙先習序]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|**||[[2018 童蒙先習 跋文|跋文]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jsg.aks.ac.kr/data/viewer/bookImage.do?callNum=K1-200&amp;amp;vol= 장서각 소장 어제동몽선습언해(御製童蒙先習諺解)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 2-1: 推句 Versed Lines===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The Ch’ugu is a collection of pentasyllabic quatrains (''o’ŏn chŏlgu'' 五言絕句) for beginners of hanmun during the Chosŏn dynasty. There are altogether 60 quatrains, many chosen from known poetic lines, containing motifs and images familiar to novices. It is one of the typical primers taught to learners who have finished character lessons with, most likely, the ''Ch’ŏnjamun'' 千字文, along with the ''Saja sohak'' 四字小學 [Four-character Minor Learning], ''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'', and ''Kyŏngmong yogyŏl'' 擊夢要訣 [Essential precepts  to awake the unenlightened]. The title &amp;quot;Ch’ugu&amp;quot; could be taken as “selected lines” (ch’u 推 “to select”) but also have come from ch’ugo (or proscriptively pronounced ''t’oego'') 推敲 “push or knock,” a verb coined for the story of Jia Dao 賈島 (780?–843) and Han Yu 韓愈 (768–824) to mean “polish or perfect the language of a literary work.”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Jia Dao once composed a poem, sitting on a mule, which included lines, “Birds sleep on the tree in the middle of the pond, a monk knocks on the door under the moon” 鳥宿池中樹, 僧敲月下門. He was having second thought of using ''t’oe'' 推 “push” instead of ''ko'' 敲 “knock,” but could not decide. Occupied by this thought, he failed to step back to make way when Han Yu’s mayoral march was progressing the street, which was a serious offense. Han Yu summoned Jia Dao and interrogated why Jia did not step aside. After hearing what happened, Han Yu said that he preferred ''ko'' instead of ''t’oe'', upon which they became good friends in literature. This story is introduced in the ''Tangshi jishi'' 唐詩紀事.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  Ch’ugu 推句 as a verb was then used in the sense of writing poems, and if it was indeed where the title was chosen, it would more precise to pronounce the title as ''t'oegu'', not ''ch’ugu''. All extant copies of Ch’ugu is in the form of manuscript, but as Ŏ Sukkwŏn’s 魚叔權 ''Kosa ch’waryo'' 攷事撮要 (1554) recorded the presence of its printing blocks in 1558, it is possible that ''Ch’ugu'' was more popular as a primer in mid-Chosŏn period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;| date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|推句&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/03||[[2018 推句 01 - 04|推句 01, 04]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/05||[[2018 推句 05 - 10|推句 05, 07, 09]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/06||[[2018 推句 11 - 16|推句 13, 15, 16]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/09||[[2018 推句 17 - 20|推句 18, 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10||[[2018 推句 21 - 30|推句 22, 24, 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12||[[2018 推句 31 - 40|推句 32, 37, 39]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16||[[2018 推句 41 - 50|推句 41, 46, 50]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18||[[2018 推句 56 - 58|推句 56, 57, 58]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19||[[2018 推句 59 - 60|推句 59, 60]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/20||推句 Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 2-2: 學語集 Collection of Sentences for Learning===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Hagŏjip'' is a manuscript whose authorship is unknown. It contains short sentences explaining various subjects ranging from heaven and earth to flowers and animals, for the purpose of teaching the basic sentence structure and grammatical patterns of literary Chinese to novices. It is often confused with ''Hagŏ'' 學語 compiled by Pak Chaech’ŏl 朴載哲 with a similar purpose. ''Hagŏ'' was blockprinted in 1868 by Pak Chaechŏl’s son Pak Kyujin 朴圭鎮. The two are quite different texts. The latter is more oriented in Confucian learning of moral principles and quotations from classics, whereas the former is apparently mindful of linguistic pedagogy and introduces syntactic patterns with gradually increasing complexity. There are a few manuscript editions preserved in various archives in Korea, including Jangseogak. It appears that there are some textual variations depending on editions especially with the selection of sentences, though individual sentences remain mostly the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Format &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following, each sentence is given in three ways. First without punctuation, then with punctuation, and the last with t’o 토. Punctuation of literary Chinese provides where the sentence breaks into a series of clasuses and phrases, and thus clues to the meaning of the entire sentence. T’o is specific to Korean culture, in which people spoke a fundamentally different language from Chinese. Carrying a similar function to that of Japanese ''kaeriten'' 返点 (returning point), t’o adds grammatical words of Korean to points where the Chinese sentences breaks so that the grammatical relation between parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　E.g.　　學而時習之'''면'''　　　　不亦悅乎'''아'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　　　　　　　　　　if　　　　　　　　　Q-ending&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional pedagogy of literary Chinese placed a great importance to t’o. It served as a device to train students in parsing sentences, as well as to help them read aloud and recite sentences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the sentence, key grammatical words and patterns will be introduced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　C: Clause　　P: Phrase　　V: Verb　　A: Adjective　　N: Noun　　Adv: Adverb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;|date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|學語集&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/3 ||[[2018 學語集 01 - 05|學語集 01 - 05]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/4 ||[[2018 學語集 06 - 10|學語集 06 - 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/5 ||[[2018 學語集 11 - 15|學語集 11 - 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/6 ||[[2018 學語集 16 - 20|學語集 16 - 20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/9 ||[[2018 學語集 21 - 25|學語集 21 - 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10 ||[[2018 學語集 26 - 30|學語集 26 - 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11 ||[[2018 學語集 31 - 35|學語集 31 - 35]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12 ||[[2018 學語集 36 - 40|學語集 36 - 40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13 ||[[2018 學語集 41 - 45|學語集 41 - 45]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16 ||[[2018 學語集 46 - 50|學語集 46 - 50]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17 ||[[2018 學語集 51 - 55|學語集 51 - 55]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18 ||[[2018 學語集 56 - 62|學語集 56 - 62]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 3: 選讀 Short Passages for Practice===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Excerpts for practice:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
08.　[[(Translation) 鄭人買履|“Zhengren mai lü” 鄭人買履 [A person of Zheng state buys shoes], Han Fei zi 韓非子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23. [[(Translation) 不禽不獸|“Bu qin bu shou” 不禽不獸 [Neither a bird nor a beast], Guang xiaofu 廣笑府 by Feng Menglong 馮夢龍; Xiaolin guangji 笑林廣記 by Youxi zhuren 游戲主人.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
43. [[(Translation) 惠通出家|“Hyet’ong ch’ulga” 惠通出家 [Hyet’ong becomes a monk], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. [[(Translation) 刻舟求劍|“Ke zhou qiu jian” 刻舟求劍 [Notching the boat to find the sword], Lüshi chunqiu 呂氏春秋.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. [[(Translation) 宗室豐山守|“Chongsil P’ungsan su” 宗室豐山守 [Magistrate of P’ungsan, a royal kinsman], Sŏng Hyŏn 成俔, Yongjae ch’onghwa 慵齋叢話.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. [[(Translation) 朝三暮四|“Zhao san mu si” 朝三暮四 [Three in the morning, four in the evening], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
09.　[[(Translation) 守株待兔|“Shou zhu dai tu” 守株待兔 [Waiting for a hare while guarding the tree], Han Fei zi. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. [[(Translation) 蝴蝶夢|“Hudie meng” 蝴蝶夢 [Butterfly dream], Zhuangzi 莊子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24. [[(Translation) 諧謔|“Haehak” 諧謔 [Witty stories], Yi Su-gwang李睟光, Chibong yusŏl 芝峯類說.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
28. [[(Translation) 伎利檀|“Kiridan” 伎利檀 [Christianity], Ŏu yadam 於于野談 by Yu Mongin 柳夢寅.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
39. [[(Translation) 洪夔燮|“Hong Kisŏp” 洪夔燮, Myŏngsim pogam 明心寶鑑.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
33. [[(Translation) 石珍斷指|“Sŏkchin tan ji” 石珍斷指 [Sŏkchin cuts off his finger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
37. [[(Translation) 烈婦入江|“Yŏlbu ip kang” 烈婦入江 [A devoted wife enters the river], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
34. [[(Translation) 婁伯捕虎 |“Nubaek p’oho” 婁伯捕虎 [(Ch’oe) Nubaek captures the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
01.　[[(Translation) 朴赫居世|“Pak Hyŏkkŏse” 朴赫居世,  Samguk sagi 三國史記.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
42. [[(Translation) 處容郎|“Ch’ŏyong-nang” 處容郎, Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
05.　[[(Translation) 龜兔之說|“Kui t’o chi sŏl” 龜兔之說 [Story of a tortoise and a hare], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. [[(Translation) 渾沌|“Hundun” 渾沌, Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. [[(Translation) 畫蛇添足|“Hua she tian zu” 畫蛇添足 [Draw a snake and add feet], Zhanguo ce 戰國策.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
38. [[(Translation) 金氏撲虎|“Kim-ssi pak ho” 金氏撲虎 [Lady Kim strikes the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21. [[(Translation) 以五十步笑一百步|“Yi wushi bu xiao yibai bu” 以五十步笑一百步 [One who retreated fifty paces mocks another who retreated one hundred paces], Mencius.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
27. [[(Translation) 妻不欲尊|“Ch’ŏ pul yok chon” 妻不欲尊 [The wife doesn’t want to be respected], Ŏmyŏnsun禦眠楯.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
36. [[(Translation) 丕寧突陳|“Pinyŏng tolchin” 丕寧突陳 [Pinyŏng charges at the enemy line], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
02.　[[(Translation) 東明聖王|“Tongmyŏng sŏngwang” 東明聖王 [Tongmyŏng, the Sagacious King], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
06.　[[(Translation) 階伯|“Kyebaek” 階伯, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
44. [[(Translation) 延烏郞細烏女|“Yŏno-rang Se’o-nyŏ” 延烏郞細烏女, Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22. [[(Translation) 虛實|&amp;quot;Xushi&amp;quot; 虛實 [Emptiness and fullness], ''Sunzi bingfa'' 孫子兵法]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Poetry) [[(Translation) Poems|Sample Classical Chinese Poems]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 助長|“Zhuzhang” 助長 [Helping corn grow], Mencius.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 孟母三遷|“Meng mu sanqian” 孟母三遷 [Mencius’ mother moves three times,” Lienü zhuan 列女傳.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 婁伯捕虎|“Nubaek p’o ho” 婁伯捕虎 [(Ch’oe) Nubaek captures the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 溫祚王|“Onjo wang” 溫祚王 [King Onjo], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 率居|“Solgŏ” 率居, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 官昌|“Kwanch’ang” 官昌, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 矛盾|“Maodun” 矛盾 [Spear and shield], Han Fei zi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 世俗五戒|“Sesok ogye” 世俗五戒 [Five worldly precepts], “Sŏk Wŏngwang” 釋圓光 in Haedong kosŭng chŏn 海東高僧傳.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 知魚樂|“Zhi yu le” 知魚樂 [Knowing the joy of fish], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 庖丁解牛|“Pao Ding jie niu” 庖丁解牛 [Cook Ding cuts cow], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 虛實|“Xushi” 虛實 [Emptiness and fullness], Sunzi bingfa 孫子兵法.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 寧無不平之心乎|“Yŏng mu pulp’yŏng chi sim ho?” 寧無不平之心乎 [How would it not have a mind of resentment?], Chibong yusŏl.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 崔瑩|“Ch’oe Yŏng” 崔瑩, Sŏng Hyŏn, Yongjae ch’onghwa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 吮疽之仁|“Shun ju zhi ren” 吮疽之仁 [Benevolence of sucking on abscess], Shuiyuan 説苑.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 塞翁失馬|“Saiweng shi ma” 塞翁失馬 [Old man in border town loses a horse], Huainanzi 淮南子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 彌妻啖草|“Mi ch’ŏ tam ch’o” 彌妻啖草 [(To) Mi’s Wife chews grass], Samgang haengsil-to 三綱行實圖.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 成忠獄死|“Sŏng Ch’ung oksa” 成忠獄死 [Sŏng Ch’ung dies in prison], Samgang haengsil-to.]] &lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 王儉朝鮮|“Wanggŏm Chosŏn” 王儉朝鮮, Samguk yusa 三國遺事.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 興德王鸚鵡|“Hŭngdŏk wang aengmu” 興德王鸚鵡 [King Hŭngdŏk and the parrot], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 善德王知幾三事|“Sŏndŏk wang chigi samsa” 善德王知幾三事 [Queen Sŏndŏk foresees three events], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 文姬買夢|“Munhŭi maemong” 文姬買夢 [Munhŭi buys a dream]. Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) Selected verses from the Lianzhu shige聯珠詩格 and Paengnyŏn ch’ohae百聯抄解|Selected verses from the Lianzhu shige聯珠詩格 and Paengnyŏn ch’ohae百聯抄解.]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Text translated by Individual Project''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:공자학금도.JPG|link=http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php/(Translation)_%E5%AD%B8%E7%90%B4%E5%B8%AB%E8%A5%84|thumb|150px|left|學琴師襄 학금사양]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-0. [[(Translation) 學琴師襄 | (sample) 學琴師襄 translated by YO]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-1. [[(Translation) 1|大眾受學品 translated by Julian Butterfield]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-2. [[(Translation) 2| translated by Student 2]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-3. [[Chuk puin chŏn(竹夫人傳) translated by Petra Sváková]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-4. [[(Translation) 4| 李珥 - 擊蒙要訣 (讀書章第四, 事親章第五) translated by Jelena Gledić]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-5. [[(Translation) 5| translated by Student 5]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:삼국유사조신1.JPG|link=(Translation) 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信|thumb|150px|left|洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信 낙산이대성 관음·정취 조신 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-6. [[(Translation) 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信| 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信 translated by Francisca Cho]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-7. [[(Translation) 7| translated by Student 7]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-8. [[(Translation) 8| translated by Student 8]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-9. [[(Translation) 9| translated by Student 9]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:삼국유사선덕여왕1.JPG|link=http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php/(Translation)_%E5%96%84%E5%BE%B7%E7%8E%8B%E7%9F%A5%E5%B9%BE%E4%B8%89%E4%BA%8B|thumb|150px|left|善德王知幾三事 선덕왕지기삼사]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-10. [[(Translation) 善德王知幾三事 | 善德王知幾三事, Queen Sŏndŏk foresees three events, from Samguk yusa translated by Althea Volpe]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{(SHWJA) 위키 교실 Wiki Guide}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{(SHWJA) 참고자료 References}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_JSG_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)&amp;diff=15324</id>
		<title>2018 JSG Summer Hanmun Workshop (Intermediate)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_JSG_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)&amp;diff=15324"/>
				<updated>2018-07-26T10:18:52Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* VI-3. Chuk puin chŏn(竹夫人傳) translated by Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This Wikisite is constructed by Kim Hayoung 김하영 with the help of An Sungjun 안승준, Chung Suhwan 정수환, and Yun Jinyoung 윤진영. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Backward.png|right|50px|link=(2018SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Home.png|right|50px|link=(SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Back2017.png|right|50px|link=2017_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Description'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this course is to provide students an intensive training in what is commonly referred to as “classical Chinese,” or hanmun, which constitutes the nucleus of the literary languages of premodern China, Korea, and Japan. Because this workshop is intended for future researchers and scholars of premodern Korean culture in a broader context of East Asian civilization, which some call the “Sinosphere,” we will focus on the most fundamental sentence patterns and grammatical devices commonly used in hanmun, exploring some canonical texts that embody the linguistic and cultural grammars of classical Chinese literature. &lt;br /&gt;
Each day, the class will study grammatical devices and patterns with simple sentences and read (excerpts of) regular hanmun texts for applied practice. We will read and critically analyze the texts, with which to formulate an academically-minded English translation of them. At the end of the workshop, students are expected to become familiar with different types of texts, to gain first-hand knowledge around the original texts of old Korean books, and more importantly, to become intellectually independent in their own future research critically engaging primary texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Class'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A daily class is divided into three sessions. In Session 1 we read Pak Semu’s 朴世茂 (1487–1554) treatise to initiate students into Confucian literacy, Tongmong sŏnsŭp 童蒙先習 (Preparatory Learning for the Youth). Session 2 comprises studying syntactic and morphological patterns established by grammatical words, building up from the simplest forms to the more complex. This part of instruction will make use of the two representative primers of Chosŏn:  the Ch’ugu 推句 (Versed Lines), a collection of quatrains epitomizing hanmun verses for those who have finished Ch’ŏnjamun 千字文 (Thousand-character Text); and the Hagŏjip 學語集 (Collection of Sentences for Learning), a collection of short prose-sentences to initiate beginners in hanmun texts. Learning with Ch’ugu and Hagŏjip allows us to experience both poetic- and prose-style sentences. The first two sessions will intensively engage two fundamental practices of hanmun literacy: parsing (both vocal and visual) and close reading. In Session 3 we translate various excerpts from actual literary pieces from China and Korea, applying the practices we learn in the first two sessions. The underlying focus of the study progresses as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 1''' : basic structure, predication and commenting, parts of speech and word order, substantives and predicatives, nouns and pronouns, action verbs and stative verbs, adverbs, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 2''' : discourse and context, parallelism and correspondence, building contexts and “dragging”, conjunctives and connectives, 語氣詞 and 語助詞  &lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 3''' : intertextuality, allusions, and pattern, literary precedents and elicitors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reading the original text together, parsing its sentences, and carefully analyzing parts both syntactically and semantically, which will form a basic training of translation. The instructor will give lectures when needed, to reinforce the knowledge of grammatical words, information on reference tools, and relevant sociocultural context of fundamental importance. Each student will be responsible for looking up and learning unfamiliar hantcha, practicing to punctuate sentences that were studied in the previous classes, and participating in drafting translations. The outcome of translation will be archived and shared.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instructor===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[오영균 (吳英均, Young Kyun Oh)|오영균 (吳英均, Young Kyun Oh)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==수강생 Participants==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 참가자 명단 Participants List　''cf''. [[(SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 참가자 Summer Hanmun Workshop Participants|역대 참가자 Previous Participants]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;background-color:#fdfdfd;&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot; | 연도 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 성명 || style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot; | 국적 || style=&amp;quot;width:20%&amp;quot; | 소속 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 직위 || style=&amp;quot;width:20%&amp;quot; | 연구/전공분야 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 그룹&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Cho, Francisca || 미국&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;USA || 미국 조지타운대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Georgetown University || 교수&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Associate Professor || Buddhism || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Lin, Nan Kathy || 미국&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;USA || 미국 조지타운대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Georgetown University || 박사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Doctoral Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Svakova, Petra || 체코&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Czech || 한국 성균관대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Sungkyunkwan University || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || East Asian Studies || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Vermette, Kyrie || 캐나다&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Canada || 캐나다 브리티시 컬럼비아대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of British Columbia || 박사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Doctoral Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Sauvadet, Bryan || 프랑스&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;France || 프랑스 파리7대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Paris Diderot University (Paris VII) || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || Korean Studies /Korean Art History /Korean Religious Studies || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Volpe, Althea || 이탈리아&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Italy || 이탈리아 사피엔자대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;La Sapienza University || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Gledic, Jelena || 세르비아&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Serbia || 세르비아 베오그라드대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of Belgrade || 강사&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Lecturer || Cultural Studies /Identity studies, Chinese history || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Chae-Duporge, Okyang || 프랑스&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;France || 프랑스 국립동양학대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;INALCO || 강사&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Lecturer || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Butterfield, James Julian || 캐나다&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Canada || 캐나다 토론토대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of Toronto || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Rzanna, Ewa || 폴란드&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Poland || 폴란드 세종학당 &amp;amp; 아담 미츠키에비치 대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;King Sejong Institute &amp;amp; Adam Mickiewicz University || 연구원&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Researcher || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Participants]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Schedule'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 1 - 9:00–10:30 AM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 2 - 10:40–12:00 AM, 1:00–2:00 PM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 3 - 2:10–4:00 PM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible  mw-collapsed&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{인용문2|&lt;br /&gt;
'''the 3-Week Schedule''' ''- View Details''  }}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:30px;&amp;quot;|Date || style=&amp;quot;width:300px;&amp;quot;|Contents || style=&amp;quot;width:200px;&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/2 || S1: 	Opening Ceremony, Placement Test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2: 	Introduction: Classical Chinese, literary Chinese, Sino-Korean, and Hanmun&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/3 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 1–4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 1, 4; ''Hagŏjip'' 1–5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 8, 23, 43&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/4 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 5–8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 6–10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
|| Field Trip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/5 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 9–13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 5, 7, 9; ''Hagŏjip'' 11–15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 10, 13, 16&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/6 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 14–17&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 13, 15, 16; ''Hagŏjip'' 16–20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 9, 15, 24&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/9 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 18–22&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 18, 19; ''Hagŏjip'' 21–25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 4, 11, 12&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 23–25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 22, 24, 30; ''Hagŏjip'' 26–30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 1, 11, 33, 37&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 26–30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 31–35&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Special Lecture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 31–34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 32, 37, 39; ''Hagŏjip'' 36–40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 5, 17, 20, 38&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 35–38&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 41–45&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Field Trip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 39–42&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 41, 46, 50; ''Hagŏjip'' 46–50&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 21, 27, 36&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 43–47&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 51–55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Special Lecture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 48–52&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 56, 57, 58; ''Hagŏjip'' 56–60&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 2, 6, 43&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 53–56&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 59, 60; ''Hagŏjip'' Review 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 29, 34, 42&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/20 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' Review &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' Review; ''Hagŏjip'' Review 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 28, 44&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We aim to practice academic translation. An academic translation should prove to be comprehensive to an intellectual reader for whom no previous knowledge of or about the text is assumed, rendered in a clear, precise, yet hermeneutically nuanced language. There are four aspects of concentration in our training:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:(1)	Faithfulness to the original text&lt;br /&gt;
:(2)	Linguistic clarity of the translating language&lt;br /&gt;
:(3)	Detailed annotation to integrate contextual and intertextual information &lt;br /&gt;
:(4)	Observance of academic convention for translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''List of Hanmun Text'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 1''' : Tongmong sŏnsŭp 童蒙先習 (Preparatory Learning for the Youth)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 2''' :  Ch’ugu 推句 (Versed Lines)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::　　 Hagŏjip 學語集 (Collection of Sentences for Learning)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 3''' : [[2018 Summer Hanmun Workshop (Intermediate)#Session 3: 選讀 Short Passages for Practice|Excerpts for practice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 1: 童蒙先習 Preparatory Learning for the Youth===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' is a well-known hanmun primer for novices after their initiation in hantcha with the ''Chŏnjamun'' 千字文. Its text spells out the fundamental ethico-historial framework of Confucianism, quoting and alluding most frequently used 2018 童蒙先習 in the traditional discourse of moral maxims. Its language is prosodic and suitable for vocal reading and reciting. The introduction delineates the ethics based on the Five Cardinal Relations (''oryun'' 五倫), followed by an overview of Chinese and Korean histories as realizing ethical principles endowed in human civilization. Its authorship had been generally attributed to Pak Semu 朴世茂 (1487–1554), though some recorded Kim An’guk 金安國 (1478–1543) as its author. Yun Insŏ’s 尹仁恕 postface, included in the 1543 edition (printed at the P’yŏngan Magistrate Office), states that Min Chein 閔齊仁, then P’yŏngan Magistrate, co-authored this work. A recent discovery of a block-printed edition bearing Min Chein as the author strongly suggests that Min authored it before Pak did because it predates the manuscript edition that recorded Pak Semu as the author, which had been known as the earliest edition. Authorship aside, however, it appears reasonable to assume that the sentences in the Tongmong sŏnsŭp were commonly shared for pedagogical purposes among the literati since early Chosŏn. As it has also been used at the court to instruct royal princes since King Hyŏnjong’s reign (1659–1674), there are a number of prints and manuscripts extant. The 1759 edition especially contains King Yŏngjo’s 英祖 preface and Song Siyŏl’s 宋時烈 (1607–1689) postface, indicating that it was received widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;| date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|童蒙先習&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/03||[[2018 童蒙先習 01 - 04|童蒙先習 01 - 04]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/04||[[2018 童蒙先習 05 - 08|童蒙先習 05 - 08]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/05||[[2018 童蒙先習 09 - 13|童蒙先習 09 - 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/06||[[2018 童蒙先習 14 - 17|童蒙先習 14 - 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/09||[[2018 童蒙先習 18 - 22|童蒙先習 18 - 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10||[[2018 童蒙先習 23 - 25|童蒙先習 23 - 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11||[[2018 童蒙先習 26 - 30|童蒙先習 26 - 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12||[[2018 童蒙先習 31 - 34|童蒙先習 31 - 34]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13||[[2018 童蒙先習 35 - 38|童蒙先習 35 - 38]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16||[[2018 童蒙先習 39 - 42|童蒙先習 39 - 42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17||[[2018 童蒙先習 43 - 47|童蒙先習 43 - 47]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18||[[2018 童蒙先習 48 - 52|童蒙先習 48 - 52]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19||[[2018 童蒙先習 53 - 56|童蒙先習 53 - 56]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|*||[[2018 童蒙先習 御製童蒙先習序|御製童蒙先習序]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|**||[[2018 童蒙先習 跋文|跋文]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jsg.aks.ac.kr/data/viewer/bookImage.do?callNum=K1-200&amp;amp;vol= 장서각 소장 어제동몽선습언해(御製童蒙先習諺解)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 2-1: 推句 Versed Lines===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The Ch’ugu is a collection of pentasyllabic quatrains (''o’ŏn chŏlgu'' 五言絕句) for beginners of hanmun during the Chosŏn dynasty. There are altogether 60 quatrains, many chosen from known poetic lines, containing motifs and images familiar to novices. It is one of the typical primers taught to learners who have finished character lessons with, most likely, the ''Ch’ŏnjamun'' 千字文, along with the ''Saja sohak'' 四字小學 [Four-character Minor Learning], ''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'', and ''Kyŏngmong yogyŏl'' 擊夢要訣 [Essential precepts  to awake the unenlightened]. The title &amp;quot;Ch’ugu&amp;quot; could be taken as “selected lines” (ch’u 推 “to select”) but also have come from ch’ugo (or proscriptively pronounced ''t’oego'') 推敲 “push or knock,” a verb coined for the story of Jia Dao 賈島 (780?–843) and Han Yu 韓愈 (768–824) to mean “polish or perfect the language of a literary work.”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Jia Dao once composed a poem, sitting on a mule, which included lines, “Birds sleep on the tree in the middle of the pond, a monk knocks on the door under the moon” 鳥宿池中樹, 僧敲月下門. He was having second thought of using ''t’oe'' 推 “push” instead of ''ko'' 敲 “knock,” but could not decide. Occupied by this thought, he failed to step back to make way when Han Yu’s mayoral march was progressing the street, which was a serious offense. Han Yu summoned Jia Dao and interrogated why Jia did not step aside. After hearing what happened, Han Yu said that he preferred ''ko'' instead of ''t’oe'', upon which they became good friends in literature. This story is introduced in the ''Tangshi jishi'' 唐詩紀事.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  Ch’ugu 推句 as a verb was then used in the sense of writing poems, and if it was indeed where the title was chosen, it would more precise to pronounce the title as ''t'oegu'', not ''ch’ugu''. All extant copies of Ch’ugu is in the form of manuscript, but as Ŏ Sukkwŏn’s 魚叔權 ''Kosa ch’waryo'' 攷事撮要 (1554) recorded the presence of its printing blocks in 1558, it is possible that ''Ch’ugu'' was more popular as a primer in mid-Chosŏn period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;| date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|推句&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/03||[[2018 推句 01 - 04|推句 01, 04]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/05||[[2018 推句 05 - 10|推句 05, 07, 09]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/06||[[2018 推句 11 - 16|推句 13, 15, 16]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/09||[[2018 推句 17 - 20|推句 18, 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10||[[2018 推句 21 - 30|推句 22, 24, 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12||[[2018 推句 31 - 40|推句 32, 37, 39]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16||[[2018 推句 41 - 50|推句 41, 46, 50]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18||[[2018 推句 56 - 58|推句 56, 57, 58]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19||[[2018 推句 59 - 60|推句 59, 60]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/20||推句 Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 2-2: 學語集 Collection of Sentences for Learning===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Hagŏjip'' is a manuscript whose authorship is unknown. It contains short sentences explaining various subjects ranging from heaven and earth to flowers and animals, for the purpose of teaching the basic sentence structure and grammatical patterns of literary Chinese to novices. It is often confused with ''Hagŏ'' 學語 compiled by Pak Chaech’ŏl 朴載哲 with a similar purpose. ''Hagŏ'' was blockprinted in 1868 by Pak Chaechŏl’s son Pak Kyujin 朴圭鎮. The two are quite different texts. The latter is more oriented in Confucian learning of moral principles and quotations from classics, whereas the former is apparently mindful of linguistic pedagogy and introduces syntactic patterns with gradually increasing complexity. There are a few manuscript editions preserved in various archives in Korea, including Jangseogak. It appears that there are some textual variations depending on editions especially with the selection of sentences, though individual sentences remain mostly the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Format &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following, each sentence is given in three ways. First without punctuation, then with punctuation, and the last with t’o 토. Punctuation of literary Chinese provides where the sentence breaks into a series of clasuses and phrases, and thus clues to the meaning of the entire sentence. T’o is specific to Korean culture, in which people spoke a fundamentally different language from Chinese. Carrying a similar function to that of Japanese ''kaeriten'' 返点 (returning point), t’o adds grammatical words of Korean to points where the Chinese sentences breaks so that the grammatical relation between parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　E.g.　　學而時習之'''면'''　　　　不亦悅乎'''아'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　　　　　　　　　　if　　　　　　　　　Q-ending&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional pedagogy of literary Chinese placed a great importance to t’o. It served as a device to train students in parsing sentences, as well as to help them read aloud and recite sentences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the sentence, key grammatical words and patterns will be introduced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　C: Clause　　P: Phrase　　V: Verb　　A: Adjective　　N: Noun　　Adv: Adverb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;|date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|學語集&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/3 ||[[2018 學語集 01 - 05|學語集 01 - 05]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/4 ||[[2018 學語集 06 - 10|學語集 06 - 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/5 ||[[2018 學語集 11 - 15|學語集 11 - 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/6 ||[[2018 學語集 16 - 20|學語集 16 - 20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/9 ||[[2018 學語集 21 - 25|學語集 21 - 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10 ||[[2018 學語集 26 - 30|學語集 26 - 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11 ||[[2018 學語集 31 - 35|學語集 31 - 35]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12 ||[[2018 學語集 36 - 40|學語集 36 - 40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13 ||[[2018 學語集 41 - 45|學語集 41 - 45]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16 ||[[2018 學語集 46 - 50|學語集 46 - 50]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17 ||[[2018 學語集 51 - 55|學語集 51 - 55]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18 ||[[2018 學語集 56 - 62|學語集 56 - 62]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 3: 選讀 Short Passages for Practice===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Excerpts for practice:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
08.　[[(Translation) 鄭人買履|“Zhengren mai lü” 鄭人買履 [A person of Zheng state buys shoes], Han Fei zi 韓非子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23. [[(Translation) 不禽不獸|“Bu qin bu shou” 不禽不獸 [Neither a bird nor a beast], Guang xiaofu 廣笑府 by Feng Menglong 馮夢龍; Xiaolin guangji 笑林廣記 by Youxi zhuren 游戲主人.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
43. [[(Translation) 惠通出家|“Hyet’ong ch’ulga” 惠通出家 [Hyet’ong becomes a monk], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. [[(Translation) 刻舟求劍|“Ke zhou qiu jian” 刻舟求劍 [Notching the boat to find the sword], Lüshi chunqiu 呂氏春秋.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. [[(Translation) 宗室豐山守|“Chongsil P’ungsan su” 宗室豐山守 [Magistrate of P’ungsan, a royal kinsman], Sŏng Hyŏn 成俔, Yongjae ch’onghwa 慵齋叢話.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. [[(Translation) 朝三暮四|“Zhao san mu si” 朝三暮四 [Three in the morning, four in the evening], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
09.　[[(Translation) 守株待兔|“Shou zhu dai tu” 守株待兔 [Waiting for a hare while guarding the tree], Han Fei zi. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. [[(Translation) 蝴蝶夢|“Hudie meng” 蝴蝶夢 [Butterfly dream], Zhuangzi 莊子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24. [[(Translation) 諧謔|“Haehak” 諧謔 [Witty stories], Yi Su-gwang李睟光, Chibong yusŏl 芝峯類說.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
28. [[(Translation) 伎利檀|“Kiridan” 伎利檀 [Christianity], Ŏu yadam 於于野談 by Yu Mongin 柳夢寅.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
39. [[(Translation) 洪夔燮|“Hong Kisŏp” 洪夔燮, Myŏngsim pogam 明心寶鑑.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
33. [[(Translation) 石珍斷指|“Sŏkchin tan ji” 石珍斷指 [Sŏkchin cuts off his finger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
37. [[(Translation) 烈婦入江|“Yŏlbu ip kang” 烈婦入江 [A devoted wife enters the river], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
34. [[(Translation) 婁伯捕虎 |“Nubaek p’oho” 婁伯捕虎 [(Ch’oe) Nubaek captures the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
01.　[[(Translation) 朴赫居世|“Pak Hyŏkkŏse” 朴赫居世,  Samguk sagi 三國史記.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
42. [[(Translation) 處容郎|“Ch’ŏyong-nang” 處容郎, Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
05.　[[(Translation) 龜兔之說|“Kui t’o chi sŏl” 龜兔之說 [Story of a tortoise and a hare], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. [[(Translation) 渾沌|“Hundun” 渾沌, Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. [[(Translation) 畫蛇添足|“Hua she tian zu” 畫蛇添足 [Draw a snake and add feet], Zhanguo ce 戰國策.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
38. [[(Translation) 金氏撲虎|“Kim-ssi pak ho” 金氏撲虎 [Lady Kim strikes the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21. [[(Translation) 以五十步笑一百步|“Yi wushi bu xiao yibai bu” 以五十步笑一百步 [One who retreated fifty paces mocks another who retreated one hundred paces], Mencius.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
27. [[(Translation) 妻不欲尊|“Ch’ŏ pul yok chon” 妻不欲尊 [The wife doesn’t want to be respected], Ŏmyŏnsun禦眠楯.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
36. [[(Translation) 丕寧突陳|“Pinyŏng tolchin” 丕寧突陳 [Pinyŏng charges at the enemy line], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
02.　[[(Translation) 東明聖王|“Tongmyŏng sŏngwang” 東明聖王 [Tongmyŏng, the Sagacious King], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
06.　[[(Translation) 階伯|“Kyebaek” 階伯, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
44. [[(Translation) 延烏郞細烏女|“Yŏno-rang Se’o-nyŏ” 延烏郞細烏女, Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22. [[(Translation) 虛實|&amp;quot;Xushi&amp;quot; 虛實 [Emptiness and fullness], ''Sunzi bingfa'' 孫子兵法]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Poetry) [[(Translation) Poems|Sample Classical Chinese Poems]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 助長|“Zhuzhang” 助長 [Helping corn grow], Mencius.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 孟母三遷|“Meng mu sanqian” 孟母三遷 [Mencius’ mother moves three times,” Lienü zhuan 列女傳.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 婁伯捕虎|“Nubaek p’o ho” 婁伯捕虎 [(Ch’oe) Nubaek captures the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 溫祚王|“Onjo wang” 溫祚王 [King Onjo], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 率居|“Solgŏ” 率居, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 官昌|“Kwanch’ang” 官昌, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 矛盾|“Maodun” 矛盾 [Spear and shield], Han Fei zi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 世俗五戒|“Sesok ogye” 世俗五戒 [Five worldly precepts], “Sŏk Wŏngwang” 釋圓光 in Haedong kosŭng chŏn 海東高僧傳.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 知魚樂|“Zhi yu le” 知魚樂 [Knowing the joy of fish], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 庖丁解牛|“Pao Ding jie niu” 庖丁解牛 [Cook Ding cuts cow], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 虛實|“Xushi” 虛實 [Emptiness and fullness], Sunzi bingfa 孫子兵法.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 寧無不平之心乎|“Yŏng mu pulp’yŏng chi sim ho?” 寧無不平之心乎 [How would it not have a mind of resentment?], Chibong yusŏl.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 崔瑩|“Ch’oe Yŏng” 崔瑩, Sŏng Hyŏn, Yongjae ch’onghwa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 吮疽之仁|“Shun ju zhi ren” 吮疽之仁 [Benevolence of sucking on abscess], Shuiyuan 説苑.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 塞翁失馬|“Saiweng shi ma” 塞翁失馬 [Old man in border town loses a horse], Huainanzi 淮南子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 彌妻啖草|“Mi ch’ŏ tam ch’o” 彌妻啖草 [(To) Mi’s Wife chews grass], Samgang haengsil-to 三綱行實圖.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 成忠獄死|“Sŏng Ch’ung oksa” 成忠獄死 [Sŏng Ch’ung dies in prison], Samgang haengsil-to.]] &lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 王儉朝鮮|“Wanggŏm Chosŏn” 王儉朝鮮, Samguk yusa 三國遺事.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 興德王鸚鵡|“Hŭngdŏk wang aengmu” 興德王鸚鵡 [King Hŭngdŏk and the parrot], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 善德王知幾三事|“Sŏndŏk wang chigi samsa” 善德王知幾三事 [Queen Sŏndŏk foresees three events], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 文姬買夢|“Munhŭi maemong” 文姬買夢 [Munhŭi buys a dream]. Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) Selected verses from the Lianzhu shige聯珠詩格 and Paengnyŏn ch’ohae百聯抄解|Selected verses from the Lianzhu shige聯珠詩格 and Paengnyŏn ch’ohae百聯抄解.]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Text translated by Individual Project''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:공자학금도.JPG|link=http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php/(Translation)_%E5%AD%B8%E7%90%B4%E5%B8%AB%E8%A5%84|thumb|150px|left|學琴師襄 학금사양]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-0. [[(Translation) 學琴師襄 | (sample) 學琴師襄 translated by YO]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-1. [[(Translation) 1|大眾受學品 translated by Julian Butterfield]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-2. [[(Translation) 2| translated by Student 2]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-3. [[Chuk puin chŏn(竹夫人傳) translated by Petra Sváková]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: 죽부인전.png|400px|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-4. [[(Translation) 4| 李珥 - 擊蒙要訣 (讀書章第四, 事親章第五) translated by Jelena Gledić]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-5. [[(Translation) 5| translated by Student 5]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:삼국유사조신1.JPG|link=(Translation) 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信|thumb|150px|left|洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信 낙산이대성 관음·정취 조신 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-6. [[(Translation) 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信| 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信 translated by Francisca Cho]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-7. [[(Translation) 7| translated by Student 7]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-8. [[(Translation) 8| translated by Student 8]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-9. [[(Translation) 9| translated by Student 9]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:삼국유사선덕여왕1.JPG|link=http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php/(Translation)_%E5%96%84%E5%BE%B7%E7%8E%8B%E7%9F%A5%E5%B9%BE%E4%B8%89%E4%BA%8B|thumb|150px|left|善德王知幾三事 선덕왕지기삼사]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-10. [[(Translation) 善德王知幾三事 | 善德王知幾三事, Queen Sŏndŏk foresees three events, from Samguk yusa translated by Althea Volpe]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{(SHWJA) 위키 교실 Wiki Guide}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{(SHWJA) 참고자료 References}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EC%A3%BD%EB%B6%80%EC%9D%B8%EC%A0%84.png&amp;diff=15323</id>
		<title>파일:죽부인전.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EC%A3%BD%EB%B6%80%EC%9D%B8%EC%A0%84.png&amp;diff=15323"/>
				<updated>2018-07-26T10:17:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: Thpepe님이 파일:죽부인전.png의 새 판을 올렸습니다&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EC%A3%BD%EB%B6%80%EC%9D%B8%EC%A0%84.png&amp;diff=15322</id>
		<title>파일:죽부인전.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EC%A3%BD%EB%B6%80%EC%9D%B8%EC%A0%84.png&amp;diff=15322"/>
				<updated>2018-07-26T10:07:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: Thpepe님이 파일:죽부인전.png의 새 판을 올렸습니다&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_JSG_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)&amp;diff=15321</id>
		<title>2018 JSG Summer Hanmun Workshop (Intermediate)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_JSG_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)&amp;diff=15321"/>
				<updated>2018-07-26T10:04:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* VI-3. Chuk puin chŏn(竹夫人傳) translated by Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This Wikisite is constructed by Kim Hayoung 김하영 with the help of An Sungjun 안승준, Chung Suhwan 정수환, and Yun Jinyoung 윤진영. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Backward.png|right|50px|link=(2018SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Home.png|right|50px|link=(SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Back2017.png|right|50px|link=2017_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Description'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this course is to provide students an intensive training in what is commonly referred to as “classical Chinese,” or hanmun, which constitutes the nucleus of the literary languages of premodern China, Korea, and Japan. Because this workshop is intended for future researchers and scholars of premodern Korean culture in a broader context of East Asian civilization, which some call the “Sinosphere,” we will focus on the most fundamental sentence patterns and grammatical devices commonly used in hanmun, exploring some canonical texts that embody the linguistic and cultural grammars of classical Chinese literature. &lt;br /&gt;
Each day, the class will study grammatical devices and patterns with simple sentences and read (excerpts of) regular hanmun texts for applied practice. We will read and critically analyze the texts, with which to formulate an academically-minded English translation of them. At the end of the workshop, students are expected to become familiar with different types of texts, to gain first-hand knowledge around the original texts of old Korean books, and more importantly, to become intellectually independent in their own future research critically engaging primary texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Class'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A daily class is divided into three sessions. In Session 1 we read Pak Semu’s 朴世茂 (1487–1554) treatise to initiate students into Confucian literacy, Tongmong sŏnsŭp 童蒙先習 (Preparatory Learning for the Youth). Session 2 comprises studying syntactic and morphological patterns established by grammatical words, building up from the simplest forms to the more complex. This part of instruction will make use of the two representative primers of Chosŏn:  the Ch’ugu 推句 (Versed Lines), a collection of quatrains epitomizing hanmun verses for those who have finished Ch’ŏnjamun 千字文 (Thousand-character Text); and the Hagŏjip 學語集 (Collection of Sentences for Learning), a collection of short prose-sentences to initiate beginners in hanmun texts. Learning with Ch’ugu and Hagŏjip allows us to experience both poetic- and prose-style sentences. The first two sessions will intensively engage two fundamental practices of hanmun literacy: parsing (both vocal and visual) and close reading. In Session 3 we translate various excerpts from actual literary pieces from China and Korea, applying the practices we learn in the first two sessions. The underlying focus of the study progresses as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 1''' : basic structure, predication and commenting, parts of speech and word order, substantives and predicatives, nouns and pronouns, action verbs and stative verbs, adverbs, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 2''' : discourse and context, parallelism and correspondence, building contexts and “dragging”, conjunctives and connectives, 語氣詞 and 語助詞  &lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 3''' : intertextuality, allusions, and pattern, literary precedents and elicitors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reading the original text together, parsing its sentences, and carefully analyzing parts both syntactically and semantically, which will form a basic training of translation. The instructor will give lectures when needed, to reinforce the knowledge of grammatical words, information on reference tools, and relevant sociocultural context of fundamental importance. Each student will be responsible for looking up and learning unfamiliar hantcha, practicing to punctuate sentences that were studied in the previous classes, and participating in drafting translations. The outcome of translation will be archived and shared.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instructor===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[오영균 (吳英均, Young Kyun Oh)|오영균 (吳英均, Young Kyun Oh)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==수강생 Participants==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 참가자 명단 Participants List　''cf''. [[(SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 참가자 Summer Hanmun Workshop Participants|역대 참가자 Previous Participants]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;background-color:#fdfdfd;&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot; | 연도 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 성명 || style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot; | 국적 || style=&amp;quot;width:20%&amp;quot; | 소속 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 직위 || style=&amp;quot;width:20%&amp;quot; | 연구/전공분야 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 그룹&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Cho, Francisca || 미국&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;USA || 미국 조지타운대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Georgetown University || 교수&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Associate Professor || Buddhism || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Lin, Nan Kathy || 미국&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;USA || 미국 조지타운대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Georgetown University || 박사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Doctoral Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Svakova, Petra || 체코&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Czech || 한국 성균관대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Sungkyunkwan University || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || East Asian Studies || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Vermette, Kyrie || 캐나다&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Canada || 캐나다 브리티시 컬럼비아대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of British Columbia || 박사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Doctoral Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Sauvadet, Bryan || 프랑스&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;France || 프랑스 파리7대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Paris Diderot University (Paris VII) || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || Korean Studies /Korean Art History /Korean Religious Studies || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Volpe, Althea || 이탈리아&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Italy || 이탈리아 사피엔자대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;La Sapienza University || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Gledic, Jelena || 세르비아&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Serbia || 세르비아 베오그라드대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of Belgrade || 강사&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Lecturer || Cultural Studies /Identity studies, Chinese history || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Chae-Duporge, Okyang || 프랑스&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;France || 프랑스 국립동양학대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;INALCO || 강사&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Lecturer || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Butterfield, James Julian || 캐나다&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Canada || 캐나다 토론토대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of Toronto || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Rzanna, Ewa || 폴란드&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Poland || 폴란드 세종학당 &amp;amp; 아담 미츠키에비치 대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;King Sejong Institute &amp;amp; Adam Mickiewicz University || 연구원&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Researcher || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Participants]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Schedule'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 1 - 9:00–10:30 AM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 2 - 10:40–12:00 AM, 1:00–2:00 PM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 3 - 2:10–4:00 PM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible  mw-collapsed&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{인용문2|&lt;br /&gt;
'''the 3-Week Schedule''' ''- View Details''  }}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:30px;&amp;quot;|Date || style=&amp;quot;width:300px;&amp;quot;|Contents || style=&amp;quot;width:200px;&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/2 || S1: 	Opening Ceremony, Placement Test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2: 	Introduction: Classical Chinese, literary Chinese, Sino-Korean, and Hanmun&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/3 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 1–4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 1, 4; ''Hagŏjip'' 1–5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 8, 23, 43&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/4 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 5–8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 6–10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
|| Field Trip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/5 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 9–13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 5, 7, 9; ''Hagŏjip'' 11–15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 10, 13, 16&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/6 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 14–17&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 13, 15, 16; ''Hagŏjip'' 16–20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 9, 15, 24&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/9 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 18–22&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 18, 19; ''Hagŏjip'' 21–25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 4, 11, 12&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 23–25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 22, 24, 30; ''Hagŏjip'' 26–30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 1, 11, 33, 37&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 26–30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 31–35&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Special Lecture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 31–34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 32, 37, 39; ''Hagŏjip'' 36–40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 5, 17, 20, 38&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 35–38&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 41–45&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Field Trip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 39–42&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 41, 46, 50; ''Hagŏjip'' 46–50&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 21, 27, 36&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 43–47&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 51–55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Special Lecture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 48–52&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 56, 57, 58; ''Hagŏjip'' 56–60&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 2, 6, 43&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 53–56&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 59, 60; ''Hagŏjip'' Review 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 29, 34, 42&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/20 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' Review &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' Review; ''Hagŏjip'' Review 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 28, 44&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We aim to practice academic translation. An academic translation should prove to be comprehensive to an intellectual reader for whom no previous knowledge of or about the text is assumed, rendered in a clear, precise, yet hermeneutically nuanced language. There are four aspects of concentration in our training:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:(1)	Faithfulness to the original text&lt;br /&gt;
:(2)	Linguistic clarity of the translating language&lt;br /&gt;
:(3)	Detailed annotation to integrate contextual and intertextual information &lt;br /&gt;
:(4)	Observance of academic convention for translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''List of Hanmun Text'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 1''' : Tongmong sŏnsŭp 童蒙先習 (Preparatory Learning for the Youth)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 2''' :  Ch’ugu 推句 (Versed Lines)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::　　 Hagŏjip 學語集 (Collection of Sentences for Learning)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 3''' : [[2018 Summer Hanmun Workshop (Intermediate)#Session 3: 選讀 Short Passages for Practice|Excerpts for practice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 1: 童蒙先習 Preparatory Learning for the Youth===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' is a well-known hanmun primer for novices after their initiation in hantcha with the ''Chŏnjamun'' 千字文. Its text spells out the fundamental ethico-historial framework of Confucianism, quoting and alluding most frequently used 2018 童蒙先習 in the traditional discourse of moral maxims. Its language is prosodic and suitable for vocal reading and reciting. The introduction delineates the ethics based on the Five Cardinal Relations (''oryun'' 五倫), followed by an overview of Chinese and Korean histories as realizing ethical principles endowed in human civilization. Its authorship had been generally attributed to Pak Semu 朴世茂 (1487–1554), though some recorded Kim An’guk 金安國 (1478–1543) as its author. Yun Insŏ’s 尹仁恕 postface, included in the 1543 edition (printed at the P’yŏngan Magistrate Office), states that Min Chein 閔齊仁, then P’yŏngan Magistrate, co-authored this work. A recent discovery of a block-printed edition bearing Min Chein as the author strongly suggests that Min authored it before Pak did because it predates the manuscript edition that recorded Pak Semu as the author, which had been known as the earliest edition. Authorship aside, however, it appears reasonable to assume that the sentences in the Tongmong sŏnsŭp were commonly shared for pedagogical purposes among the literati since early Chosŏn. As it has also been used at the court to instruct royal princes since King Hyŏnjong’s reign (1659–1674), there are a number of prints and manuscripts extant. The 1759 edition especially contains King Yŏngjo’s 英祖 preface and Song Siyŏl’s 宋時烈 (1607–1689) postface, indicating that it was received widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;| date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|童蒙先習&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/03||[[2018 童蒙先習 01 - 04|童蒙先習 01 - 04]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/04||[[2018 童蒙先習 05 - 08|童蒙先習 05 - 08]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/05||[[2018 童蒙先習 09 - 13|童蒙先習 09 - 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/06||[[2018 童蒙先習 14 - 17|童蒙先習 14 - 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/09||[[2018 童蒙先習 18 - 22|童蒙先習 18 - 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10||[[2018 童蒙先習 23 - 25|童蒙先習 23 - 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11||[[2018 童蒙先習 26 - 30|童蒙先習 26 - 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12||[[2018 童蒙先習 31 - 34|童蒙先習 31 - 34]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13||[[2018 童蒙先習 35 - 38|童蒙先習 35 - 38]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16||[[2018 童蒙先習 39 - 42|童蒙先習 39 - 42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17||[[2018 童蒙先習 43 - 47|童蒙先習 43 - 47]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18||[[2018 童蒙先習 48 - 52|童蒙先習 48 - 52]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19||[[2018 童蒙先習 53 - 56|童蒙先習 53 - 56]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|*||[[2018 童蒙先習 御製童蒙先習序|御製童蒙先習序]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|**||[[2018 童蒙先習 跋文|跋文]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jsg.aks.ac.kr/data/viewer/bookImage.do?callNum=K1-200&amp;amp;vol= 장서각 소장 어제동몽선습언해(御製童蒙先習諺解)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 2-1: 推句 Versed Lines===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The Ch’ugu is a collection of pentasyllabic quatrains (''o’ŏn chŏlgu'' 五言絕句) for beginners of hanmun during the Chosŏn dynasty. There are altogether 60 quatrains, many chosen from known poetic lines, containing motifs and images familiar to novices. It is one of the typical primers taught to learners who have finished character lessons with, most likely, the ''Ch’ŏnjamun'' 千字文, along with the ''Saja sohak'' 四字小學 [Four-character Minor Learning], ''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'', and ''Kyŏngmong yogyŏl'' 擊夢要訣 [Essential precepts  to awake the unenlightened]. The title &amp;quot;Ch’ugu&amp;quot; could be taken as “selected lines” (ch’u 推 “to select”) but also have come from ch’ugo (or proscriptively pronounced ''t’oego'') 推敲 “push or knock,” a verb coined for the story of Jia Dao 賈島 (780?–843) and Han Yu 韓愈 (768–824) to mean “polish or perfect the language of a literary work.”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Jia Dao once composed a poem, sitting on a mule, which included lines, “Birds sleep on the tree in the middle of the pond, a monk knocks on the door under the moon” 鳥宿池中樹, 僧敲月下門. He was having second thought of using ''t’oe'' 推 “push” instead of ''ko'' 敲 “knock,” but could not decide. Occupied by this thought, he failed to step back to make way when Han Yu’s mayoral march was progressing the street, which was a serious offense. Han Yu summoned Jia Dao and interrogated why Jia did not step aside. After hearing what happened, Han Yu said that he preferred ''ko'' instead of ''t’oe'', upon which they became good friends in literature. This story is introduced in the ''Tangshi jishi'' 唐詩紀事.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  Ch’ugu 推句 as a verb was then used in the sense of writing poems, and if it was indeed where the title was chosen, it would more precise to pronounce the title as ''t'oegu'', not ''ch’ugu''. All extant copies of Ch’ugu is in the form of manuscript, but as Ŏ Sukkwŏn’s 魚叔權 ''Kosa ch’waryo'' 攷事撮要 (1554) recorded the presence of its printing blocks in 1558, it is possible that ''Ch’ugu'' was more popular as a primer in mid-Chosŏn period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;| date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|推句&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/03||[[2018 推句 01 - 04|推句 01, 04]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/05||[[2018 推句 05 - 10|推句 05, 07, 09]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/06||[[2018 推句 11 - 16|推句 13, 15, 16]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/09||[[2018 推句 17 - 20|推句 18, 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10||[[2018 推句 21 - 30|推句 22, 24, 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12||[[2018 推句 31 - 40|推句 32, 37, 39]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16||[[2018 推句 41 - 50|推句 41, 46, 50]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18||[[2018 推句 56 - 58|推句 56, 57, 58]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19||[[2018 推句 59 - 60|推句 59, 60]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/20||推句 Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 2-2: 學語集 Collection of Sentences for Learning===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Hagŏjip'' is a manuscript whose authorship is unknown. It contains short sentences explaining various subjects ranging from heaven and earth to flowers and animals, for the purpose of teaching the basic sentence structure and grammatical patterns of literary Chinese to novices. It is often confused with ''Hagŏ'' 學語 compiled by Pak Chaech’ŏl 朴載哲 with a similar purpose. ''Hagŏ'' was blockprinted in 1868 by Pak Chaechŏl’s son Pak Kyujin 朴圭鎮. The two are quite different texts. The latter is more oriented in Confucian learning of moral principles and quotations from classics, whereas the former is apparently mindful of linguistic pedagogy and introduces syntactic patterns with gradually increasing complexity. There are a few manuscript editions preserved in various archives in Korea, including Jangseogak. It appears that there are some textual variations depending on editions especially with the selection of sentences, though individual sentences remain mostly the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Format &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following, each sentence is given in three ways. First without punctuation, then with punctuation, and the last with t’o 토. Punctuation of literary Chinese provides where the sentence breaks into a series of clasuses and phrases, and thus clues to the meaning of the entire sentence. T’o is specific to Korean culture, in which people spoke a fundamentally different language from Chinese. Carrying a similar function to that of Japanese ''kaeriten'' 返点 (returning point), t’o adds grammatical words of Korean to points where the Chinese sentences breaks so that the grammatical relation between parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　E.g.　　學而時習之'''면'''　　　　不亦悅乎'''아'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　　　　　　　　　　if　　　　　　　　　Q-ending&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional pedagogy of literary Chinese placed a great importance to t’o. It served as a device to train students in parsing sentences, as well as to help them read aloud and recite sentences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the sentence, key grammatical words and patterns will be introduced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　C: Clause　　P: Phrase　　V: Verb　　A: Adjective　　N: Noun　　Adv: Adverb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;|date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|學語集&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/3 ||[[2018 學語集 01 - 05|學語集 01 - 05]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/4 ||[[2018 學語集 06 - 10|學語集 06 - 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/5 ||[[2018 學語集 11 - 15|學語集 11 - 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/6 ||[[2018 學語集 16 - 20|學語集 16 - 20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/9 ||[[2018 學語集 21 - 25|學語集 21 - 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10 ||[[2018 學語集 26 - 30|學語集 26 - 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11 ||[[2018 學語集 31 - 35|學語集 31 - 35]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12 ||[[2018 學語集 36 - 40|學語集 36 - 40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13 ||[[2018 學語集 41 - 45|學語集 41 - 45]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16 ||[[2018 學語集 46 - 50|學語集 46 - 50]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17 ||[[2018 學語集 51 - 55|學語集 51 - 55]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18 ||[[2018 學語集 56 - 62|學語集 56 - 62]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 3: 選讀 Short Passages for Practice===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Excerpts for practice:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
08.　[[(Translation) 鄭人買履|“Zhengren mai lü” 鄭人買履 [A person of Zheng state buys shoes], Han Fei zi 韓非子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23. [[(Translation) 不禽不獸|“Bu qin bu shou” 不禽不獸 [Neither a bird nor a beast], Guang xiaofu 廣笑府 by Feng Menglong 馮夢龍; Xiaolin guangji 笑林廣記 by Youxi zhuren 游戲主人.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
43. [[(Translation) 惠通出家|“Hyet’ong ch’ulga” 惠通出家 [Hyet’ong becomes a monk], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. [[(Translation) 刻舟求劍|“Ke zhou qiu jian” 刻舟求劍 [Notching the boat to find the sword], Lüshi chunqiu 呂氏春秋.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. [[(Translation) 宗室豐山守|“Chongsil P’ungsan su” 宗室豐山守 [Magistrate of P’ungsan, a royal kinsman], Sŏng Hyŏn 成俔, Yongjae ch’onghwa 慵齋叢話.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. [[(Translation) 朝三暮四|“Zhao san mu si” 朝三暮四 [Three in the morning, four in the evening], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
09.　[[(Translation) 守株待兔|“Shou zhu dai tu” 守株待兔 [Waiting for a hare while guarding the tree], Han Fei zi. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. [[(Translation) 蝴蝶夢|“Hudie meng” 蝴蝶夢 [Butterfly dream], Zhuangzi 莊子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24. [[(Translation) 諧謔|“Haehak” 諧謔 [Witty stories], Yi Su-gwang李睟光, Chibong yusŏl 芝峯類說.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
28. [[(Translation) 伎利檀|“Kiridan” 伎利檀 [Christianity], Ŏu yadam 於于野談 by Yu Mongin 柳夢寅.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
39. [[(Translation) 洪夔燮|“Hong Kisŏp” 洪夔燮, Myŏngsim pogam 明心寶鑑.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
33. [[(Translation) 石珍斷指|“Sŏkchin tan ji” 石珍斷指 [Sŏkchin cuts off his finger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
37. [[(Translation) 烈婦入江|“Yŏlbu ip kang” 烈婦入江 [A devoted wife enters the river], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
34. [[(Translation) 婁伯捕虎 |“Nubaek p’oho” 婁伯捕虎 [(Ch’oe) Nubaek captures the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
01.　[[(Translation) 朴赫居世|“Pak Hyŏkkŏse” 朴赫居世,  Samguk sagi 三國史記.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
42. [[(Translation) 處容郎|“Ch’ŏyong-nang” 處容郎, Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
05.　[[(Translation) 龜兔之說|“Kui t’o chi sŏl” 龜兔之說 [Story of a tortoise and a hare], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. [[(Translation) 渾沌|“Hundun” 渾沌, Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. [[(Translation) 畫蛇添足|“Hua she tian zu” 畫蛇添足 [Draw a snake and add feet], Zhanguo ce 戰國策.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
38. [[(Translation) 金氏撲虎|“Kim-ssi pak ho” 金氏撲虎 [Lady Kim strikes the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21. [[(Translation) 以五十步笑一百步|“Yi wushi bu xiao yibai bu” 以五十步笑一百步 [One who retreated fifty paces mocks another who retreated one hundred paces], Mencius.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
27. [[(Translation) 妻不欲尊|“Ch’ŏ pul yok chon” 妻不欲尊 [The wife doesn’t want to be respected], Ŏmyŏnsun禦眠楯.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
36. [[(Translation) 丕寧突陳|“Pinyŏng tolchin” 丕寧突陳 [Pinyŏng charges at the enemy line], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
02.　[[(Translation) 東明聖王|“Tongmyŏng sŏngwang” 東明聖王 [Tongmyŏng, the Sagacious King], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
06.　[[(Translation) 階伯|“Kyebaek” 階伯, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
44. [[(Translation) 延烏郞細烏女|“Yŏno-rang Se’o-nyŏ” 延烏郞細烏女, Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22. [[(Translation) 虛實|&amp;quot;Xushi&amp;quot; 虛實 [Emptiness and fullness], ''Sunzi bingfa'' 孫子兵法]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Poetry) [[(Translation) Poems|Sample Classical Chinese Poems]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 助長|“Zhuzhang” 助長 [Helping corn grow], Mencius.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 孟母三遷|“Meng mu sanqian” 孟母三遷 [Mencius’ mother moves three times,” Lienü zhuan 列女傳.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 婁伯捕虎|“Nubaek p’o ho” 婁伯捕虎 [(Ch’oe) Nubaek captures the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 溫祚王|“Onjo wang” 溫祚王 [King Onjo], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 率居|“Solgŏ” 率居, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 官昌|“Kwanch’ang” 官昌, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 矛盾|“Maodun” 矛盾 [Spear and shield], Han Fei zi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 世俗五戒|“Sesok ogye” 世俗五戒 [Five worldly precepts], “Sŏk Wŏngwang” 釋圓光 in Haedong kosŭng chŏn 海東高僧傳.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 知魚樂|“Zhi yu le” 知魚樂 [Knowing the joy of fish], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 庖丁解牛|“Pao Ding jie niu” 庖丁解牛 [Cook Ding cuts cow], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 虛實|“Xushi” 虛實 [Emptiness and fullness], Sunzi bingfa 孫子兵法.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 寧無不平之心乎|“Yŏng mu pulp’yŏng chi sim ho?” 寧無不平之心乎 [How would it not have a mind of resentment?], Chibong yusŏl.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 崔瑩|“Ch’oe Yŏng” 崔瑩, Sŏng Hyŏn, Yongjae ch’onghwa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 吮疽之仁|“Shun ju zhi ren” 吮疽之仁 [Benevolence of sucking on abscess], Shuiyuan 説苑.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 塞翁失馬|“Saiweng shi ma” 塞翁失馬 [Old man in border town loses a horse], Huainanzi 淮南子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 彌妻啖草|“Mi ch’ŏ tam ch’o” 彌妻啖草 [(To) Mi’s Wife chews grass], Samgang haengsil-to 三綱行實圖.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 成忠獄死|“Sŏng Ch’ung oksa” 成忠獄死 [Sŏng Ch’ung dies in prison], Samgang haengsil-to.]] &lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 王儉朝鮮|“Wanggŏm Chosŏn” 王儉朝鮮, Samguk yusa 三國遺事.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 興德王鸚鵡|“Hŭngdŏk wang aengmu” 興德王鸚鵡 [King Hŭngdŏk and the parrot], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 善德王知幾三事|“Sŏndŏk wang chigi samsa” 善德王知幾三事 [Queen Sŏndŏk foresees three events], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 文姬買夢|“Munhŭi maemong” 文姬買夢 [Munhŭi buys a dream]. Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) Selected verses from the Lianzhu shige聯珠詩格 and Paengnyŏn ch’ohae百聯抄解|Selected verses from the Lianzhu shige聯珠詩格 and Paengnyŏn ch’ohae百聯抄解.]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Text translated by Individual Project''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:공자학금도.JPG|link=http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php/(Translation)_%E5%AD%B8%E7%90%B4%E5%B8%AB%E8%A5%84|thumb|150px|left|學琴師襄 학금사양]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-0. [[(Translation) 學琴師襄 | (sample) 學琴師襄 translated by YO]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-1. [[(Translation) 1|大眾受學品 translated by Julian Butterfield]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-2. [[(Translation) 2| translated by Student 2]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-3. [[Chuk puin chŏn(竹夫人傳) translated by Petra Sváková]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-4. [[(Translation) 4| 李珥 - 擊蒙要訣 (讀書章第四, 事親章第五) translated by Jelena Gledić]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-5. [[(Translation) 5| translated by Student 5]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:삼국유사조신1.JPG|link=(Translation) 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信|thumb|150px|left|洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信 낙산이대성 관음·정취 조신 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-6. [[(Translation) 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信| 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信 translated by Francisca Cho]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-7. [[(Translation) 7| translated by Student 7]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-8. [[(Translation) 8| translated by Student 8]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-9. [[(Translation) 9| translated by Student 9]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:삼국유사선덕여왕1.JPG|link=http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php/(Translation)_%E5%96%84%E5%BE%B7%E7%8E%8B%E7%9F%A5%E5%B9%BE%E4%B8%89%E4%BA%8B|thumb|150px|left|善德王知幾三事 선덕왕지기삼사]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-10. [[(Translation) 善德王知幾三事 | 善德王知幾三事, Queen Sŏndŏk foresees three events, from Samguk yusa translated by Althea Volpe]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{(SHWJA) 위키 교실 Wiki Guide}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{(SHWJA) 참고자료 References}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_JSG_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)&amp;diff=15320</id>
		<title>2018 JSG Summer Hanmun Workshop (Intermediate)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_JSG_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)&amp;diff=15320"/>
				<updated>2018-07-26T10:03:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* VI-3. Chuk puin chŏn(竹夫人傳) translated by Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This Wikisite is constructed by Kim Hayoung 김하영 with the help of An Sungjun 안승준, Chung Suhwan 정수환, and Yun Jinyoung 윤진영. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Backward.png|right|50px|link=(2018SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Home.png|right|50px|link=(SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Back2017.png|right|50px|link=2017_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Description'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this course is to provide students an intensive training in what is commonly referred to as “classical Chinese,” or hanmun, which constitutes the nucleus of the literary languages of premodern China, Korea, and Japan. Because this workshop is intended for future researchers and scholars of premodern Korean culture in a broader context of East Asian civilization, which some call the “Sinosphere,” we will focus on the most fundamental sentence patterns and grammatical devices commonly used in hanmun, exploring some canonical texts that embody the linguistic and cultural grammars of classical Chinese literature. &lt;br /&gt;
Each day, the class will study grammatical devices and patterns with simple sentences and read (excerpts of) regular hanmun texts for applied practice. We will read and critically analyze the texts, with which to formulate an academically-minded English translation of them. At the end of the workshop, students are expected to become familiar with different types of texts, to gain first-hand knowledge around the original texts of old Korean books, and more importantly, to become intellectually independent in their own future research critically engaging primary texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Class'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A daily class is divided into three sessions. In Session 1 we read Pak Semu’s 朴世茂 (1487–1554) treatise to initiate students into Confucian literacy, Tongmong sŏnsŭp 童蒙先習 (Preparatory Learning for the Youth). Session 2 comprises studying syntactic and morphological patterns established by grammatical words, building up from the simplest forms to the more complex. This part of instruction will make use of the two representative primers of Chosŏn:  the Ch’ugu 推句 (Versed Lines), a collection of quatrains epitomizing hanmun verses for those who have finished Ch’ŏnjamun 千字文 (Thousand-character Text); and the Hagŏjip 學語集 (Collection of Sentences for Learning), a collection of short prose-sentences to initiate beginners in hanmun texts. Learning with Ch’ugu and Hagŏjip allows us to experience both poetic- and prose-style sentences. The first two sessions will intensively engage two fundamental practices of hanmun literacy: parsing (both vocal and visual) and close reading. In Session 3 we translate various excerpts from actual literary pieces from China and Korea, applying the practices we learn in the first two sessions. The underlying focus of the study progresses as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 1''' : basic structure, predication and commenting, parts of speech and word order, substantives and predicatives, nouns and pronouns, action verbs and stative verbs, adverbs, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 2''' : discourse and context, parallelism and correspondence, building contexts and “dragging”, conjunctives and connectives, 語氣詞 and 語助詞  &lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 3''' : intertextuality, allusions, and pattern, literary precedents and elicitors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reading the original text together, parsing its sentences, and carefully analyzing parts both syntactically and semantically, which will form a basic training of translation. The instructor will give lectures when needed, to reinforce the knowledge of grammatical words, information on reference tools, and relevant sociocultural context of fundamental importance. Each student will be responsible for looking up and learning unfamiliar hantcha, practicing to punctuate sentences that were studied in the previous classes, and participating in drafting translations. The outcome of translation will be archived and shared.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instructor===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[오영균 (吳英均, Young Kyun Oh)|오영균 (吳英均, Young Kyun Oh)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==수강생 Participants==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 참가자 명단 Participants List　''cf''. [[(SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 참가자 Summer Hanmun Workshop Participants|역대 참가자 Previous Participants]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;background-color:#fdfdfd;&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot; | 연도 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 성명 || style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot; | 국적 || style=&amp;quot;width:20%&amp;quot; | 소속 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 직위 || style=&amp;quot;width:20%&amp;quot; | 연구/전공분야 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 그룹&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Cho, Francisca || 미국&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;USA || 미국 조지타운대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Georgetown University || 교수&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Associate Professor || Buddhism || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Lin, Nan Kathy || 미국&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;USA || 미국 조지타운대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Georgetown University || 박사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Doctoral Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Svakova, Petra || 체코&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Czech || 한국 성균관대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Sungkyunkwan University || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || East Asian Studies || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Vermette, Kyrie || 캐나다&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Canada || 캐나다 브리티시 컬럼비아대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of British Columbia || 박사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Doctoral Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Sauvadet, Bryan || 프랑스&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;France || 프랑스 파리7대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Paris Diderot University (Paris VII) || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || Korean Studies /Korean Art History /Korean Religious Studies || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Volpe, Althea || 이탈리아&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Italy || 이탈리아 사피엔자대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;La Sapienza University || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Gledic, Jelena || 세르비아&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Serbia || 세르비아 베오그라드대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of Belgrade || 강사&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Lecturer || Cultural Studies /Identity studies, Chinese history || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Chae-Duporge, Okyang || 프랑스&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;France || 프랑스 국립동양학대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;INALCO || 강사&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Lecturer || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Butterfield, James Julian || 캐나다&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Canada || 캐나다 토론토대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of Toronto || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Rzanna, Ewa || 폴란드&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Poland || 폴란드 세종학당 &amp;amp; 아담 미츠키에비치 대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;King Sejong Institute &amp;amp; Adam Mickiewicz University || 연구원&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Researcher || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Participants]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Schedule'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 1 - 9:00–10:30 AM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 2 - 10:40–12:00 AM, 1:00–2:00 PM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 3 - 2:10–4:00 PM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible  mw-collapsed&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{인용문2|&lt;br /&gt;
'''the 3-Week Schedule''' ''- View Details''  }}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:30px;&amp;quot;|Date || style=&amp;quot;width:300px;&amp;quot;|Contents || style=&amp;quot;width:200px;&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/2 || S1: 	Opening Ceremony, Placement Test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2: 	Introduction: Classical Chinese, literary Chinese, Sino-Korean, and Hanmun&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/3 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 1–4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 1, 4; ''Hagŏjip'' 1–5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 8, 23, 43&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/4 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 5–8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 6–10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
|| Field Trip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/5 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 9–13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 5, 7, 9; ''Hagŏjip'' 11–15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 10, 13, 16&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/6 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 14–17&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 13, 15, 16; ''Hagŏjip'' 16–20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 9, 15, 24&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/9 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 18–22&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 18, 19; ''Hagŏjip'' 21–25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 4, 11, 12&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 23–25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 22, 24, 30; ''Hagŏjip'' 26–30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 1, 11, 33, 37&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 26–30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 31–35&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Special Lecture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 31–34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 32, 37, 39; ''Hagŏjip'' 36–40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 5, 17, 20, 38&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 35–38&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 41–45&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Field Trip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 39–42&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 41, 46, 50; ''Hagŏjip'' 46–50&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 21, 27, 36&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 43–47&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 51–55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Special Lecture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 48–52&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 56, 57, 58; ''Hagŏjip'' 56–60&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 2, 6, 43&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 53–56&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 59, 60; ''Hagŏjip'' Review 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 29, 34, 42&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/20 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' Review &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' Review; ''Hagŏjip'' Review 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 28, 44&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We aim to practice academic translation. An academic translation should prove to be comprehensive to an intellectual reader for whom no previous knowledge of or about the text is assumed, rendered in a clear, precise, yet hermeneutically nuanced language. There are four aspects of concentration in our training:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:(1)	Faithfulness to the original text&lt;br /&gt;
:(2)	Linguistic clarity of the translating language&lt;br /&gt;
:(3)	Detailed annotation to integrate contextual and intertextual information &lt;br /&gt;
:(4)	Observance of academic convention for translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''List of Hanmun Text'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 1''' : Tongmong sŏnsŭp 童蒙先習 (Preparatory Learning for the Youth)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 2''' :  Ch’ugu 推句 (Versed Lines)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::　　 Hagŏjip 學語集 (Collection of Sentences for Learning)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 3''' : [[2018 Summer Hanmun Workshop (Intermediate)#Session 3: 選讀 Short Passages for Practice|Excerpts for practice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 1: 童蒙先習 Preparatory Learning for the Youth===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' is a well-known hanmun primer for novices after their initiation in hantcha with the ''Chŏnjamun'' 千字文. Its text spells out the fundamental ethico-historial framework of Confucianism, quoting and alluding most frequently used 2018 童蒙先習 in the traditional discourse of moral maxims. Its language is prosodic and suitable for vocal reading and reciting. The introduction delineates the ethics based on the Five Cardinal Relations (''oryun'' 五倫), followed by an overview of Chinese and Korean histories as realizing ethical principles endowed in human civilization. Its authorship had been generally attributed to Pak Semu 朴世茂 (1487–1554), though some recorded Kim An’guk 金安國 (1478–1543) as its author. Yun Insŏ’s 尹仁恕 postface, included in the 1543 edition (printed at the P’yŏngan Magistrate Office), states that Min Chein 閔齊仁, then P’yŏngan Magistrate, co-authored this work. A recent discovery of a block-printed edition bearing Min Chein as the author strongly suggests that Min authored it before Pak did because it predates the manuscript edition that recorded Pak Semu as the author, which had been known as the earliest edition. Authorship aside, however, it appears reasonable to assume that the sentences in the Tongmong sŏnsŭp were commonly shared for pedagogical purposes among the literati since early Chosŏn. As it has also been used at the court to instruct royal princes since King Hyŏnjong’s reign (1659–1674), there are a number of prints and manuscripts extant. The 1759 edition especially contains King Yŏngjo’s 英祖 preface and Song Siyŏl’s 宋時烈 (1607–1689) postface, indicating that it was received widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;| date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|童蒙先習&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/03||[[2018 童蒙先習 01 - 04|童蒙先習 01 - 04]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/04||[[2018 童蒙先習 05 - 08|童蒙先習 05 - 08]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/05||[[2018 童蒙先習 09 - 13|童蒙先習 09 - 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/06||[[2018 童蒙先習 14 - 17|童蒙先習 14 - 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/09||[[2018 童蒙先習 18 - 22|童蒙先習 18 - 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10||[[2018 童蒙先習 23 - 25|童蒙先習 23 - 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11||[[2018 童蒙先習 26 - 30|童蒙先習 26 - 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12||[[2018 童蒙先習 31 - 34|童蒙先習 31 - 34]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13||[[2018 童蒙先習 35 - 38|童蒙先習 35 - 38]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16||[[2018 童蒙先習 39 - 42|童蒙先習 39 - 42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17||[[2018 童蒙先習 43 - 47|童蒙先習 43 - 47]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18||[[2018 童蒙先習 48 - 52|童蒙先習 48 - 52]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19||[[2018 童蒙先習 53 - 56|童蒙先習 53 - 56]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|*||[[2018 童蒙先習 御製童蒙先習序|御製童蒙先習序]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|**||[[2018 童蒙先習 跋文|跋文]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jsg.aks.ac.kr/data/viewer/bookImage.do?callNum=K1-200&amp;amp;vol= 장서각 소장 어제동몽선습언해(御製童蒙先習諺解)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 2-1: 推句 Versed Lines===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The Ch’ugu is a collection of pentasyllabic quatrains (''o’ŏn chŏlgu'' 五言絕句) for beginners of hanmun during the Chosŏn dynasty. There are altogether 60 quatrains, many chosen from known poetic lines, containing motifs and images familiar to novices. It is one of the typical primers taught to learners who have finished character lessons with, most likely, the ''Ch’ŏnjamun'' 千字文, along with the ''Saja sohak'' 四字小學 [Four-character Minor Learning], ''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'', and ''Kyŏngmong yogyŏl'' 擊夢要訣 [Essential precepts  to awake the unenlightened]. The title &amp;quot;Ch’ugu&amp;quot; could be taken as “selected lines” (ch’u 推 “to select”) but also have come from ch’ugo (or proscriptively pronounced ''t’oego'') 推敲 “push or knock,” a verb coined for the story of Jia Dao 賈島 (780?–843) and Han Yu 韓愈 (768–824) to mean “polish or perfect the language of a literary work.”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Jia Dao once composed a poem, sitting on a mule, which included lines, “Birds sleep on the tree in the middle of the pond, a monk knocks on the door under the moon” 鳥宿池中樹, 僧敲月下門. He was having second thought of using ''t’oe'' 推 “push” instead of ''ko'' 敲 “knock,” but could not decide. Occupied by this thought, he failed to step back to make way when Han Yu’s mayoral march was progressing the street, which was a serious offense. Han Yu summoned Jia Dao and interrogated why Jia did not step aside. After hearing what happened, Han Yu said that he preferred ''ko'' instead of ''t’oe'', upon which they became good friends in literature. This story is introduced in the ''Tangshi jishi'' 唐詩紀事.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  Ch’ugu 推句 as a verb was then used in the sense of writing poems, and if it was indeed where the title was chosen, it would more precise to pronounce the title as ''t'oegu'', not ''ch’ugu''. All extant copies of Ch’ugu is in the form of manuscript, but as Ŏ Sukkwŏn’s 魚叔權 ''Kosa ch’waryo'' 攷事撮要 (1554) recorded the presence of its printing blocks in 1558, it is possible that ''Ch’ugu'' was more popular as a primer in mid-Chosŏn period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;| date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|推句&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/03||[[2018 推句 01 - 04|推句 01, 04]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/05||[[2018 推句 05 - 10|推句 05, 07, 09]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/06||[[2018 推句 11 - 16|推句 13, 15, 16]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/09||[[2018 推句 17 - 20|推句 18, 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10||[[2018 推句 21 - 30|推句 22, 24, 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12||[[2018 推句 31 - 40|推句 32, 37, 39]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16||[[2018 推句 41 - 50|推句 41, 46, 50]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18||[[2018 推句 56 - 58|推句 56, 57, 58]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19||[[2018 推句 59 - 60|推句 59, 60]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/20||推句 Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 2-2: 學語集 Collection of Sentences for Learning===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Hagŏjip'' is a manuscript whose authorship is unknown. It contains short sentences explaining various subjects ranging from heaven and earth to flowers and animals, for the purpose of teaching the basic sentence structure and grammatical patterns of literary Chinese to novices. It is often confused with ''Hagŏ'' 學語 compiled by Pak Chaech’ŏl 朴載哲 with a similar purpose. ''Hagŏ'' was blockprinted in 1868 by Pak Chaechŏl’s son Pak Kyujin 朴圭鎮. The two are quite different texts. The latter is more oriented in Confucian learning of moral principles and quotations from classics, whereas the former is apparently mindful of linguistic pedagogy and introduces syntactic patterns with gradually increasing complexity. There are a few manuscript editions preserved in various archives in Korea, including Jangseogak. It appears that there are some textual variations depending on editions especially with the selection of sentences, though individual sentences remain mostly the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Format &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following, each sentence is given in three ways. First without punctuation, then with punctuation, and the last with t’o 토. Punctuation of literary Chinese provides where the sentence breaks into a series of clasuses and phrases, and thus clues to the meaning of the entire sentence. T’o is specific to Korean culture, in which people spoke a fundamentally different language from Chinese. Carrying a similar function to that of Japanese ''kaeriten'' 返点 (returning point), t’o adds grammatical words of Korean to points where the Chinese sentences breaks so that the grammatical relation between parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　E.g.　　學而時習之'''면'''　　　　不亦悅乎'''아'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　　　　　　　　　　if　　　　　　　　　Q-ending&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional pedagogy of literary Chinese placed a great importance to t’o. It served as a device to train students in parsing sentences, as well as to help them read aloud and recite sentences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the sentence, key grammatical words and patterns will be introduced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　C: Clause　　P: Phrase　　V: Verb　　A: Adjective　　N: Noun　　Adv: Adverb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;|date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|學語集&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/3 ||[[2018 學語集 01 - 05|學語集 01 - 05]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/4 ||[[2018 學語集 06 - 10|學語集 06 - 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/5 ||[[2018 學語集 11 - 15|學語集 11 - 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/6 ||[[2018 學語集 16 - 20|學語集 16 - 20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/9 ||[[2018 學語集 21 - 25|學語集 21 - 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10 ||[[2018 學語集 26 - 30|學語集 26 - 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11 ||[[2018 學語集 31 - 35|學語集 31 - 35]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12 ||[[2018 學語集 36 - 40|學語集 36 - 40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13 ||[[2018 學語集 41 - 45|學語集 41 - 45]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16 ||[[2018 學語集 46 - 50|學語集 46 - 50]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17 ||[[2018 學語集 51 - 55|學語集 51 - 55]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18 ||[[2018 學語集 56 - 62|學語集 56 - 62]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 3: 選讀 Short Passages for Practice===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Excerpts for practice:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
08.　[[(Translation) 鄭人買履|“Zhengren mai lü” 鄭人買履 [A person of Zheng state buys shoes], Han Fei zi 韓非子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23. [[(Translation) 不禽不獸|“Bu qin bu shou” 不禽不獸 [Neither a bird nor a beast], Guang xiaofu 廣笑府 by Feng Menglong 馮夢龍; Xiaolin guangji 笑林廣記 by Youxi zhuren 游戲主人.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
43. [[(Translation) 惠通出家|“Hyet’ong ch’ulga” 惠通出家 [Hyet’ong becomes a monk], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. [[(Translation) 刻舟求劍|“Ke zhou qiu jian” 刻舟求劍 [Notching the boat to find the sword], Lüshi chunqiu 呂氏春秋.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. [[(Translation) 宗室豐山守|“Chongsil P’ungsan su” 宗室豐山守 [Magistrate of P’ungsan, a royal kinsman], Sŏng Hyŏn 成俔, Yongjae ch’onghwa 慵齋叢話.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. [[(Translation) 朝三暮四|“Zhao san mu si” 朝三暮四 [Three in the morning, four in the evening], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
09.　[[(Translation) 守株待兔|“Shou zhu dai tu” 守株待兔 [Waiting for a hare while guarding the tree], Han Fei zi. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. [[(Translation) 蝴蝶夢|“Hudie meng” 蝴蝶夢 [Butterfly dream], Zhuangzi 莊子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24. [[(Translation) 諧謔|“Haehak” 諧謔 [Witty stories], Yi Su-gwang李睟光, Chibong yusŏl 芝峯類說.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
28. [[(Translation) 伎利檀|“Kiridan” 伎利檀 [Christianity], Ŏu yadam 於于野談 by Yu Mongin 柳夢寅.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
39. [[(Translation) 洪夔燮|“Hong Kisŏp” 洪夔燮, Myŏngsim pogam 明心寶鑑.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
33. [[(Translation) 石珍斷指|“Sŏkchin tan ji” 石珍斷指 [Sŏkchin cuts off his finger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
37. [[(Translation) 烈婦入江|“Yŏlbu ip kang” 烈婦入江 [A devoted wife enters the river], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
34. [[(Translation) 婁伯捕虎 |“Nubaek p’oho” 婁伯捕虎 [(Ch’oe) Nubaek captures the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
01.　[[(Translation) 朴赫居世|“Pak Hyŏkkŏse” 朴赫居世,  Samguk sagi 三國史記.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
42. [[(Translation) 處容郎|“Ch’ŏyong-nang” 處容郎, Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
05.　[[(Translation) 龜兔之說|“Kui t’o chi sŏl” 龜兔之說 [Story of a tortoise and a hare], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. [[(Translation) 渾沌|“Hundun” 渾沌, Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. [[(Translation) 畫蛇添足|“Hua she tian zu” 畫蛇添足 [Draw a snake and add feet], Zhanguo ce 戰國策.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
38. [[(Translation) 金氏撲虎|“Kim-ssi pak ho” 金氏撲虎 [Lady Kim strikes the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21. [[(Translation) 以五十步笑一百步|“Yi wushi bu xiao yibai bu” 以五十步笑一百步 [One who retreated fifty paces mocks another who retreated one hundred paces], Mencius.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
27. [[(Translation) 妻不欲尊|“Ch’ŏ pul yok chon” 妻不欲尊 [The wife doesn’t want to be respected], Ŏmyŏnsun禦眠楯.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
36. [[(Translation) 丕寧突陳|“Pinyŏng tolchin” 丕寧突陳 [Pinyŏng charges at the enemy line], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
02.　[[(Translation) 東明聖王|“Tongmyŏng sŏngwang” 東明聖王 [Tongmyŏng, the Sagacious King], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
06.　[[(Translation) 階伯|“Kyebaek” 階伯, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
44. [[(Translation) 延烏郞細烏女|“Yŏno-rang Se’o-nyŏ” 延烏郞細烏女, Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22. [[(Translation) 虛實|&amp;quot;Xushi&amp;quot; 虛實 [Emptiness and fullness], ''Sunzi bingfa'' 孫子兵法]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Poetry) [[(Translation) Poems|Sample Classical Chinese Poems]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 助長|“Zhuzhang” 助長 [Helping corn grow], Mencius.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 孟母三遷|“Meng mu sanqian” 孟母三遷 [Mencius’ mother moves three times,” Lienü zhuan 列女傳.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 婁伯捕虎|“Nubaek p’o ho” 婁伯捕虎 [(Ch’oe) Nubaek captures the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 溫祚王|“Onjo wang” 溫祚王 [King Onjo], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 率居|“Solgŏ” 率居, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 官昌|“Kwanch’ang” 官昌, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 矛盾|“Maodun” 矛盾 [Spear and shield], Han Fei zi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 世俗五戒|“Sesok ogye” 世俗五戒 [Five worldly precepts], “Sŏk Wŏngwang” 釋圓光 in Haedong kosŭng chŏn 海東高僧傳.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 知魚樂|“Zhi yu le” 知魚樂 [Knowing the joy of fish], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 庖丁解牛|“Pao Ding jie niu” 庖丁解牛 [Cook Ding cuts cow], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 虛實|“Xushi” 虛實 [Emptiness and fullness], Sunzi bingfa 孫子兵法.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 寧無不平之心乎|“Yŏng mu pulp’yŏng chi sim ho?” 寧無不平之心乎 [How would it not have a mind of resentment?], Chibong yusŏl.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 崔瑩|“Ch’oe Yŏng” 崔瑩, Sŏng Hyŏn, Yongjae ch’onghwa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 吮疽之仁|“Shun ju zhi ren” 吮疽之仁 [Benevolence of sucking on abscess], Shuiyuan 説苑.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 塞翁失馬|“Saiweng shi ma” 塞翁失馬 [Old man in border town loses a horse], Huainanzi 淮南子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 彌妻啖草|“Mi ch’ŏ tam ch’o” 彌妻啖草 [(To) Mi’s Wife chews grass], Samgang haengsil-to 三綱行實圖.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 成忠獄死|“Sŏng Ch’ung oksa” 成忠獄死 [Sŏng Ch’ung dies in prison], Samgang haengsil-to.]] &lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 王儉朝鮮|“Wanggŏm Chosŏn” 王儉朝鮮, Samguk yusa 三國遺事.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 興德王鸚鵡|“Hŭngdŏk wang aengmu” 興德王鸚鵡 [King Hŭngdŏk and the parrot], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 善德王知幾三事|“Sŏndŏk wang chigi samsa” 善德王知幾三事 [Queen Sŏndŏk foresees three events], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 文姬買夢|“Munhŭi maemong” 文姬買夢 [Munhŭi buys a dream]. Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) Selected verses from the Lianzhu shige聯珠詩格 and Paengnyŏn ch’ohae百聯抄解|Selected verses from the Lianzhu shige聯珠詩格 and Paengnyŏn ch’ohae百聯抄解.]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Text translated by Individual Project''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:공자학금도.JPG|link=http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php/(Translation)_%E5%AD%B8%E7%90%B4%E5%B8%AB%E8%A5%84|thumb|150px|left|學琴師襄 학금사양]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-0. [[(Translation) 學琴師襄 | (sample) 學琴師襄 translated by YO]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-1. [[(Translation) 1|大眾受學品 translated by Julian Butterfield]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-2. [[(Translation) 2| translated by Student 2]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-3. [[Chuk puin chŏn(竹夫人傳) translated by Petra Sváková]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:죽부인전.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-4. [[(Translation) 4| 李珥 - 擊蒙要訣 (讀書章第四, 事親章第五) translated by Jelena Gledić]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-5. [[(Translation) 5| translated by Student 5]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:삼국유사조신1.JPG|link=(Translation) 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信|thumb|150px|left|洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信 낙산이대성 관음·정취 조신 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-6. [[(Translation) 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信| 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信 translated by Francisca Cho]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-7. [[(Translation) 7| translated by Student 7]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-8. [[(Translation) 8| translated by Student 8]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-9. [[(Translation) 9| translated by Student 9]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:삼국유사선덕여왕1.JPG|link=http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php/(Translation)_%E5%96%84%E5%BE%B7%E7%8E%8B%E7%9F%A5%E5%B9%BE%E4%B8%89%E4%BA%8B|thumb|150px|left|善德王知幾三事 선덕왕지기삼사]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-10. [[(Translation) 善德王知幾三事 | 善德王知幾三事, Queen Sŏndŏk foresees three events, from Samguk yusa translated by Althea Volpe]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{(SHWJA) 위키 교실 Wiki Guide}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{(SHWJA) 참고자료 References}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EC%A3%BD%EB%B6%80%EC%9D%B8%EC%A0%84.png&amp;diff=15319</id>
		<title>파일:죽부인전.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EC%A3%BD%EB%B6%80%EC%9D%B8%EC%A0%84.png&amp;diff=15319"/>
				<updated>2018-07-26T10:03:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;File uploaded with MsUpload&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_JSG_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)&amp;diff=15318</id>
		<title>2018 JSG Summer Hanmun Workshop (Intermediate)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_JSG_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)&amp;diff=15318"/>
				<updated>2018-07-26T09:57:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* VI-3.  translated by Student 3 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This Wikisite is constructed by Kim Hayoung 김하영 with the help of An Sungjun 안승준, Chung Suhwan 정수환, and Yun Jinyoung 윤진영. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Backward.png|right|50px|link=(2018SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Home.png|right|50px|link=(SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Back2017.png|right|50px|link=2017_Summer_Hanmun_Workshop_(Intermediate)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Description'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this course is to provide students an intensive training in what is commonly referred to as “classical Chinese,” or hanmun, which constitutes the nucleus of the literary languages of premodern China, Korea, and Japan. Because this workshop is intended for future researchers and scholars of premodern Korean culture in a broader context of East Asian civilization, which some call the “Sinosphere,” we will focus on the most fundamental sentence patterns and grammatical devices commonly used in hanmun, exploring some canonical texts that embody the linguistic and cultural grammars of classical Chinese literature. &lt;br /&gt;
Each day, the class will study grammatical devices and patterns with simple sentences and read (excerpts of) regular hanmun texts for applied practice. We will read and critically analyze the texts, with which to formulate an academically-minded English translation of them. At the end of the workshop, students are expected to become familiar with different types of texts, to gain first-hand knowledge around the original texts of old Korean books, and more importantly, to become intellectually independent in their own future research critically engaging primary texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Class'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A daily class is divided into three sessions. In Session 1 we read Pak Semu’s 朴世茂 (1487–1554) treatise to initiate students into Confucian literacy, Tongmong sŏnsŭp 童蒙先習 (Preparatory Learning for the Youth). Session 2 comprises studying syntactic and morphological patterns established by grammatical words, building up from the simplest forms to the more complex. This part of instruction will make use of the two representative primers of Chosŏn:  the Ch’ugu 推句 (Versed Lines), a collection of quatrains epitomizing hanmun verses for those who have finished Ch’ŏnjamun 千字文 (Thousand-character Text); and the Hagŏjip 學語集 (Collection of Sentences for Learning), a collection of short prose-sentences to initiate beginners in hanmun texts. Learning with Ch’ugu and Hagŏjip allows us to experience both poetic- and prose-style sentences. The first two sessions will intensively engage two fundamental practices of hanmun literacy: parsing (both vocal and visual) and close reading. In Session 3 we translate various excerpts from actual literary pieces from China and Korea, applying the practices we learn in the first two sessions. The underlying focus of the study progresses as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 1''' : basic structure, predication and commenting, parts of speech and word order, substantives and predicatives, nouns and pronouns, action verbs and stative verbs, adverbs, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 2''' : discourse and context, parallelism and correspondence, building contexts and “dragging”, conjunctives and connectives, 語氣詞 and 語助詞  &lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Week 3''' : intertextuality, allusions, and pattern, literary precedents and elicitors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reading the original text together, parsing its sentences, and carefully analyzing parts both syntactically and semantically, which will form a basic training of translation. The instructor will give lectures when needed, to reinforce the knowledge of grammatical words, information on reference tools, and relevant sociocultural context of fundamental importance. Each student will be responsible for looking up and learning unfamiliar hantcha, practicing to punctuate sentences that were studied in the previous classes, and participating in drafting translations. The outcome of translation will be archived and shared.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Instructor===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[오영균 (吳英均, Young Kyun Oh)|오영균 (吳英均, Young Kyun Oh)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==수강생 Participants==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 참가자 명단 Participants List　''cf''. [[(SHWJA) 여름 한문 워크샵 참가자 Summer Hanmun Workshop Participants|역대 참가자 Previous Participants]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;background-color:#fdfdfd;&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot; | 연도 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 성명 || style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot; | 국적 || style=&amp;quot;width:20%&amp;quot; | 소속 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 직위 || style=&amp;quot;width:20%&amp;quot; | 연구/전공분야 || style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; | 그룹&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Cho, Francisca || 미국&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;USA || 미국 조지타운대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Georgetown University || 교수&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Associate Professor || Buddhism || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Lin, Nan Kathy || 미국&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;USA || 미국 조지타운대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Georgetown University || 박사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Doctoral Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Svakova, Petra || 체코&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Czech || 한국 성균관대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Sungkyunkwan University || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || East Asian Studies || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Vermette, Kyrie || 캐나다&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Canada || 캐나다 브리티시 컬럼비아대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of British Columbia || 박사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Doctoral Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Sauvadet, Bryan || 프랑스&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;France || 프랑스 파리7대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Paris Diderot University (Paris VII) || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || Korean Studies /Korean Art History /Korean Religious Studies || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Volpe, Althea || 이탈리아&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Italy || 이탈리아 사피엔자대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;La Sapienza University || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Gledic, Jelena || 세르비아&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Serbia || 세르비아 베오그라드대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of Belgrade || 강사&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Lecturer || Cultural Studies /Identity studies, Chinese history || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Chae-Duporge, Okyang || 프랑스&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;France || 프랑스 국립동양학대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;INALCO || 강사&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Lecturer || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Butterfield, James Julian || 캐나다&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Canada || 캐나다 토론토대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;University of Toronto || 석사과정&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Master's Student || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2018 || Rzanna, Ewa || 폴란드&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Poland || 폴란드 세종학당 &amp;amp; 아담 미츠키에비치 대학교&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;King Sejong Institute &amp;amp; Adam Mickiewicz University || 연구원&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Researcher || - || Intermediate Training Group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Participants]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Schedule'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 1 - 9:00–10:30 AM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 2 - 10:40–12:00 AM, 1:00–2:00 PM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Session 3 - 2:10–4:00 PM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible  mw-collapsed&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{인용문2|&lt;br /&gt;
'''the 3-Week Schedule''' ''- View Details''  }}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:30px;&amp;quot;|Date || style=&amp;quot;width:300px;&amp;quot;|Contents || style=&amp;quot;width:200px;&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/2 || S1: 	Opening Ceremony, Placement Test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2: 	Introduction: Classical Chinese, literary Chinese, Sino-Korean, and Hanmun&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/3 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 1–4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 1, 4; ''Hagŏjip'' 1–5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 8, 23, 43&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/4 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 5–8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 6–10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
|| Field Trip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/5 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 9–13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 5, 7, 9; ''Hagŏjip'' 11–15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 10, 13, 16&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/6 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 14–17&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 13, 15, 16; ''Hagŏjip'' 16–20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 9, 15, 24&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/9 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 18–22&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 18, 19; ''Hagŏjip'' 21–25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 4, 11, 12&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 23–25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 22, 24, 30; ''Hagŏjip'' 26–30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 1, 11, 33, 37&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 26–30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 31–35&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Special Lecture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 31–34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 32, 37, 39; ''Hagŏjip'' 36–40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 5, 17, 20, 38&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 35–38&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 41–45&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Field Trip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 39–42&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 41, 46, 50; ''Hagŏjip'' 46–50&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 21, 27, 36&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 43–47&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Hagŏjip'' 51–55&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Special Lecture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 48–52&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 56, 57, 58; ''Hagŏjip'' 56–60&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 2, 6, 43&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' 53–56&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' 59, 60; ''Hagŏjip'' Review 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 29, 34, 42&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/20 || S1: 	''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' Review &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S2:	''Ch’ugu'' Review; ''Hagŏjip'' Review 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S3: 	Short passages 28, 44&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We aim to practice academic translation. An academic translation should prove to be comprehensive to an intellectual reader for whom no previous knowledge of or about the text is assumed, rendered in a clear, precise, yet hermeneutically nuanced language. There are four aspects of concentration in our training:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:(1)	Faithfulness to the original text&lt;br /&gt;
:(2)	Linguistic clarity of the translating language&lt;br /&gt;
:(3)	Detailed annotation to integrate contextual and intertextual information &lt;br /&gt;
:(4)	Observance of academic convention for translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''List of Hanmun Text'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 1''' : Tongmong sŏnsŭp 童蒙先習 (Preparatory Learning for the Youth)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 2''' :  Ch’ugu 推句 (Versed Lines)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::　　 Hagŏjip 學語集 (Collection of Sentences for Learning)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Session 3''' : [[2018 Summer Hanmun Workshop (Intermediate)#Session 3: 選讀 Short Passages for Practice|Excerpts for practice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 1: 童蒙先習 Preparatory Learning for the Youth===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'' is a well-known hanmun primer for novices after their initiation in hantcha with the ''Chŏnjamun'' 千字文. Its text spells out the fundamental ethico-historial framework of Confucianism, quoting and alluding most frequently used 2018 童蒙先習 in the traditional discourse of moral maxims. Its language is prosodic and suitable for vocal reading and reciting. The introduction delineates the ethics based on the Five Cardinal Relations (''oryun'' 五倫), followed by an overview of Chinese and Korean histories as realizing ethical principles endowed in human civilization. Its authorship had been generally attributed to Pak Semu 朴世茂 (1487–1554), though some recorded Kim An’guk 金安國 (1478–1543) as its author. Yun Insŏ’s 尹仁恕 postface, included in the 1543 edition (printed at the P’yŏngan Magistrate Office), states that Min Chein 閔齊仁, then P’yŏngan Magistrate, co-authored this work. A recent discovery of a block-printed edition bearing Min Chein as the author strongly suggests that Min authored it before Pak did because it predates the manuscript edition that recorded Pak Semu as the author, which had been known as the earliest edition. Authorship aside, however, it appears reasonable to assume that the sentences in the Tongmong sŏnsŭp were commonly shared for pedagogical purposes among the literati since early Chosŏn. As it has also been used at the court to instruct royal princes since King Hyŏnjong’s reign (1659–1674), there are a number of prints and manuscripts extant. The 1759 edition especially contains King Yŏngjo’s 英祖 preface and Song Siyŏl’s 宋時烈 (1607–1689) postface, indicating that it was received widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;| date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|童蒙先習&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/03||[[2018 童蒙先習 01 - 04|童蒙先習 01 - 04]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/04||[[2018 童蒙先習 05 - 08|童蒙先習 05 - 08]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/05||[[2018 童蒙先習 09 - 13|童蒙先習 09 - 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/06||[[2018 童蒙先習 14 - 17|童蒙先習 14 - 17]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/09||[[2018 童蒙先習 18 - 22|童蒙先習 18 - 22]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10||[[2018 童蒙先習 23 - 25|童蒙先習 23 - 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11||[[2018 童蒙先習 26 - 30|童蒙先習 26 - 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12||[[2018 童蒙先習 31 - 34|童蒙先習 31 - 34]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13||[[2018 童蒙先習 35 - 38|童蒙先習 35 - 38]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16||[[2018 童蒙先習 39 - 42|童蒙先習 39 - 42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17||[[2018 童蒙先習 43 - 47|童蒙先習 43 - 47]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18||[[2018 童蒙先習 48 - 52|童蒙先習 48 - 52]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19||[[2018 童蒙先習 53 - 56|童蒙先習 53 - 56]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|*||[[2018 童蒙先習 御製童蒙先習序|御製童蒙先習序]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|**||[[2018 童蒙先習 跋文|跋文]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jsg.aks.ac.kr/data/viewer/bookImage.do?callNum=K1-200&amp;amp;vol= 장서각 소장 어제동몽선습언해(御製童蒙先習諺解)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 2-1: 推句 Versed Lines===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The Ch’ugu is a collection of pentasyllabic quatrains (''o’ŏn chŏlgu'' 五言絕句) for beginners of hanmun during the Chosŏn dynasty. There are altogether 60 quatrains, many chosen from known poetic lines, containing motifs and images familiar to novices. It is one of the typical primers taught to learners who have finished character lessons with, most likely, the ''Ch’ŏnjamun'' 千字文, along with the ''Saja sohak'' 四字小學 [Four-character Minor Learning], ''Tongmong sŏnsŭp'', and ''Kyŏngmong yogyŏl'' 擊夢要訣 [Essential precepts  to awake the unenlightened]. The title &amp;quot;Ch’ugu&amp;quot; could be taken as “selected lines” (ch’u 推 “to select”) but also have come from ch’ugo (or proscriptively pronounced ''t’oego'') 推敲 “push or knock,” a verb coined for the story of Jia Dao 賈島 (780?–843) and Han Yu 韓愈 (768–824) to mean “polish or perfect the language of a literary work.”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Jia Dao once composed a poem, sitting on a mule, which included lines, “Birds sleep on the tree in the middle of the pond, a monk knocks on the door under the moon” 鳥宿池中樹, 僧敲月下門. He was having second thought of using ''t’oe'' 推 “push” instead of ''ko'' 敲 “knock,” but could not decide. Occupied by this thought, he failed to step back to make way when Han Yu’s mayoral march was progressing the street, which was a serious offense. Han Yu summoned Jia Dao and interrogated why Jia did not step aside. After hearing what happened, Han Yu said that he preferred ''ko'' instead of ''t’oe'', upon which they became good friends in literature. This story is introduced in the ''Tangshi jishi'' 唐詩紀事.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  Ch’ugu 推句 as a verb was then used in the sense of writing poems, and if it was indeed where the title was chosen, it would more precise to pronounce the title as ''t'oegu'', not ''ch’ugu''. All extant copies of Ch’ugu is in the form of manuscript, but as Ŏ Sukkwŏn’s 魚叔權 ''Kosa ch’waryo'' 攷事撮要 (1554) recorded the presence of its printing blocks in 1558, it is possible that ''Ch’ugu'' was more popular as a primer in mid-Chosŏn period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;| date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|推句&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/03||[[2018 推句 01 - 04|推句 01, 04]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/05||[[2018 推句 05 - 10|推句 05, 07, 09]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/06||[[2018 推句 11 - 16|推句 13, 15, 16]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/09||[[2018 推句 17 - 20|推句 18, 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10||[[2018 推句 21 - 30|推句 22, 24, 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12||[[2018 推句 31 - 40|推句 32, 37, 39]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16||[[2018 推句 41 - 50|推句 41, 46, 50]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18||[[2018 推句 56 - 58|推句 56, 57, 58]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/19||[[2018 推句 59 - 60|推句 59, 60]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/20||推句 Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 2-2: 學語集 Collection of Sentences for Learning===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Hagŏjip'' is a manuscript whose authorship is unknown. It contains short sentences explaining various subjects ranging from heaven and earth to flowers and animals, for the purpose of teaching the basic sentence structure and grammatical patterns of literary Chinese to novices. It is often confused with ''Hagŏ'' 學語 compiled by Pak Chaech’ŏl 朴載哲 with a similar purpose. ''Hagŏ'' was blockprinted in 1868 by Pak Chaechŏl’s son Pak Kyujin 朴圭鎮. The two are quite different texts. The latter is more oriented in Confucian learning of moral principles and quotations from classics, whereas the former is apparently mindful of linguistic pedagogy and introduces syntactic patterns with gradually increasing complexity. There are a few manuscript editions preserved in various archives in Korea, including Jangseogak. It appears that there are some textual variations depending on editions especially with the selection of sentences, though individual sentences remain mostly the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Format &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following, each sentence is given in three ways. First without punctuation, then with punctuation, and the last with t’o 토. Punctuation of literary Chinese provides where the sentence breaks into a series of clasuses and phrases, and thus clues to the meaning of the entire sentence. T’o is specific to Korean culture, in which people spoke a fundamentally different language from Chinese. Carrying a similar function to that of Japanese ''kaeriten'' 返点 (returning point), t’o adds grammatical words of Korean to points where the Chinese sentences breaks so that the grammatical relation between parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　E.g.　　學而時習之'''면'''　　　　不亦悅乎'''아'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　　　　　　　　　　if　　　　　　　　　Q-ending&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional pedagogy of literary Chinese placed a great importance to t’o. It served as a device to train students in parsing sentences, as well as to help them read aloud and recite sentences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the sentence, key grammatical words and patterns will be introduced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　　　C: Clause　　P: Phrase　　V: Verb　　A: Adjective　　N: Noun　　Adv: Adverb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:40%; text-align:center; color:#002080; background-color:#ffffff;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:20%;&amp;quot;|date || style=&amp;quot;width:80%;&amp;quot;|學語集&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/3 ||[[2018 學語集 01 - 05|學語集 01 - 05]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/4 ||[[2018 學語集 06 - 10|學語集 06 - 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/5 ||[[2018 學語集 11 - 15|學語集 11 - 15]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/6 ||[[2018 學語集 16 - 20|學語集 16 - 20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/9 ||[[2018 學語集 21 - 25|學語集 21 - 25]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/10 ||[[2018 學語集 26 - 30|學語集 26 - 30]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/11 ||[[2018 學語集 31 - 35|學語集 31 - 35]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/12 ||[[2018 學語集 36 - 40|學語集 36 - 40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/13 ||[[2018 學語集 41 - 45|學語集 41 - 45]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/16 ||[[2018 學語集 46 - 50|學語集 46 - 50]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/17 ||[[2018 學語集 51 - 55|學語集 51 - 55]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7/18 ||[[2018 學語集 56 - 62|學語集 56 - 62]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Session 3: 選讀 Short Passages for Practice===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Excerpts for practice:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
08.　[[(Translation) 鄭人買履|“Zhengren mai lü” 鄭人買履 [A person of Zheng state buys shoes], Han Fei zi 韓非子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23. [[(Translation) 不禽不獸|“Bu qin bu shou” 不禽不獸 [Neither a bird nor a beast], Guang xiaofu 廣笑府 by Feng Menglong 馮夢龍; Xiaolin guangji 笑林廣記 by Youxi zhuren 游戲主人.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
43. [[(Translation) 惠通出家|“Hyet’ong ch’ulga” 惠通出家 [Hyet’ong becomes a monk], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. [[(Translation) 刻舟求劍|“Ke zhou qiu jian” 刻舟求劍 [Notching the boat to find the sword], Lüshi chunqiu 呂氏春秋.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. [[(Translation) 宗室豐山守|“Chongsil P’ungsan su” 宗室豐山守 [Magistrate of P’ungsan, a royal kinsman], Sŏng Hyŏn 成俔, Yongjae ch’onghwa 慵齋叢話.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. [[(Translation) 朝三暮四|“Zhao san mu si” 朝三暮四 [Three in the morning, four in the evening], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
09.　[[(Translation) 守株待兔|“Shou zhu dai tu” 守株待兔 [Waiting for a hare while guarding the tree], Han Fei zi. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. [[(Translation) 蝴蝶夢|“Hudie meng” 蝴蝶夢 [Butterfly dream], Zhuangzi 莊子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24. [[(Translation) 諧謔|“Haehak” 諧謔 [Witty stories], Yi Su-gwang李睟光, Chibong yusŏl 芝峯類說.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
28. [[(Translation) 伎利檀|“Kiridan” 伎利檀 [Christianity], Ŏu yadam 於于野談 by Yu Mongin 柳夢寅.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
39. [[(Translation) 洪夔燮|“Hong Kisŏp” 洪夔燮, Myŏngsim pogam 明心寶鑑.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
33. [[(Translation) 石珍斷指|“Sŏkchin tan ji” 石珍斷指 [Sŏkchin cuts off his finger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
37. [[(Translation) 烈婦入江|“Yŏlbu ip kang” 烈婦入江 [A devoted wife enters the river], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
34. [[(Translation) 婁伯捕虎 |“Nubaek p’oho” 婁伯捕虎 [(Ch’oe) Nubaek captures the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
01.　[[(Translation) 朴赫居世|“Pak Hyŏkkŏse” 朴赫居世,  Samguk sagi 三國史記.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
42. [[(Translation) 處容郎|“Ch’ŏyong-nang” 處容郎, Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
05.　[[(Translation) 龜兔之說|“Kui t’o chi sŏl” 龜兔之說 [Story of a tortoise and a hare], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. [[(Translation) 渾沌|“Hundun” 渾沌, Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. [[(Translation) 畫蛇添足|“Hua she tian zu” 畫蛇添足 [Draw a snake and add feet], Zhanguo ce 戰國策.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
38. [[(Translation) 金氏撲虎|“Kim-ssi pak ho” 金氏撲虎 [Lady Kim strikes the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21. [[(Translation) 以五十步笑一百步|“Yi wushi bu xiao yibai bu” 以五十步笑一百步 [One who retreated fifty paces mocks another who retreated one hundred paces], Mencius.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
27. [[(Translation) 妻不欲尊|“Ch’ŏ pul yok chon” 妻不欲尊 [The wife doesn’t want to be respected], Ŏmyŏnsun禦眠楯.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
36. [[(Translation) 丕寧突陳|“Pinyŏng tolchin” 丕寧突陳 [Pinyŏng charges at the enemy line], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
02.　[[(Translation) 東明聖王|“Tongmyŏng sŏngwang” 東明聖王 [Tongmyŏng, the Sagacious King], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
06.　[[(Translation) 階伯|“Kyebaek” 階伯, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
44. [[(Translation) 延烏郞細烏女|“Yŏno-rang Se’o-nyŏ” 延烏郞細烏女, Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22. [[(Translation) 虛實|&amp;quot;Xushi&amp;quot; 虛實 [Emptiness and fullness], ''Sunzi bingfa'' 孫子兵法]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Poetry) [[(Translation) Poems|Sample Classical Chinese Poems]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 助長|“Zhuzhang” 助長 [Helping corn grow], Mencius.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 孟母三遷|“Meng mu sanqian” 孟母三遷 [Mencius’ mother moves three times,” Lienü zhuan 列女傳.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 婁伯捕虎|“Nubaek p’o ho” 婁伯捕虎 [(Ch’oe) Nubaek captures the tiger], Samgang haengsil-to.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 溫祚王|“Onjo wang” 溫祚王 [King Onjo], Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 率居|“Solgŏ” 率居, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 官昌|“Kwanch’ang” 官昌, Samguk sagi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 矛盾|“Maodun” 矛盾 [Spear and shield], Han Fei zi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 世俗五戒|“Sesok ogye” 世俗五戒 [Five worldly precepts], “Sŏk Wŏngwang” 釋圓光 in Haedong kosŭng chŏn 海東高僧傳.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 知魚樂|“Zhi yu le” 知魚樂 [Knowing the joy of fish], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 庖丁解牛|“Pao Ding jie niu” 庖丁解牛 [Cook Ding cuts cow], Zhuangzi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 虛實|“Xushi” 虛實 [Emptiness and fullness], Sunzi bingfa 孫子兵法.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 寧無不平之心乎|“Yŏng mu pulp’yŏng chi sim ho?” 寧無不平之心乎 [How would it not have a mind of resentment?], Chibong yusŏl.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 崔瑩|“Ch’oe Yŏng” 崔瑩, Sŏng Hyŏn, Yongjae ch’onghwa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 吮疽之仁|“Shun ju zhi ren” 吮疽之仁 [Benevolence of sucking on abscess], Shuiyuan 説苑.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 塞翁失馬|“Saiweng shi ma” 塞翁失馬 [Old man in border town loses a horse], Huainanzi 淮南子.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 彌妻啖草|“Mi ch’ŏ tam ch’o” 彌妻啖草 [(To) Mi’s Wife chews grass], Samgang haengsil-to 三綱行實圖.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 成忠獄死|“Sŏng Ch’ung oksa” 成忠獄死 [Sŏng Ch’ung dies in prison], Samgang haengsil-to.]] &lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 王儉朝鮮|“Wanggŏm Chosŏn” 王儉朝鮮, Samguk yusa 三國遺事.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 興德王鸚鵡|“Hŭngdŏk wang aengmu” 興德王鸚鵡 [King Hŭngdŏk and the parrot], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 善德王知幾三事|“Sŏndŏk wang chigi samsa” 善德王知幾三事 [Queen Sŏndŏk foresees three events], Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) 文姬買夢|“Munhŭi maemong” 文姬買夢 [Munhŭi buys a dream]. Samguk yusa.]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[(Translation) Selected verses from the Lianzhu shige聯珠詩格 and Paengnyŏn ch’ohae百聯抄解|Selected verses from the Lianzhu shige聯珠詩格 and Paengnyŏn ch’ohae百聯抄解.]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== '''Text translated by Individual Project''' ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:공자학금도.JPG|link=http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php/(Translation)_%E5%AD%B8%E7%90%B4%E5%B8%AB%E8%A5%84|thumb|150px|left|學琴師襄 학금사양]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-0. [[(Translation) 學琴師襄 | (sample) 學琴師襄 translated by YO]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-1. [[(Translation) 1|大眾受學品 translated by Julian Butterfield]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-2. [[(Translation) 2| translated by Student 2]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-3. [[Chuk puin chŏn(竹夫人傳) translated by Petra Sváková]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:01_JG.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-4. [[(Translation) 4| 李珥 - 擊蒙要訣 (讀書章第四, 事親章第五) translated by Jelena Gledić]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-5. [[(Translation) 5| translated by Student 5]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:삼국유사조신1.JPG|link=(Translation) 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信|thumb|150px|left|洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信 낙산이대성 관음·정취 조신 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-6. [[(Translation) 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信| 洛山二大聖 觀音·正趣 調信 translated by Francisca Cho]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-7. [[(Translation) 7| translated by Student 7]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-8. [[(Translation) 8| translated by Student 8]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:.jpg|link=|thumb|150px|left| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-9. [[(Translation) 9| translated by Student 9]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:삼국유사선덕여왕1.JPG|link=http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php/(Translation)_%E5%96%84%E5%BE%B7%E7%8E%8B%E7%9F%A5%E5%B9%BE%E4%B8%89%E4%BA%8B|thumb|150px|left|善德王知幾三事 선덕왕지기삼사]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== VI-10. [[(Translation) 善德王知幾三事 | 善德王知幾三事, Queen Sŏndŏk foresees three events, from Samguk yusa translated by Althea Volpe]] ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;BR /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{(SHWJA) 위키 교실 Wiki Guide}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{(SHWJA) 참고자료 References}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Summer Hanmun Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E6%8E%A8%E5%8F%A5_59_-_60&amp;diff=15312</id>
		<title>2018 推句 59 - 60</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E6%8E%A8%E5%8F%A5_59_-_60&amp;diff=15312"/>
				<updated>2018-07-25T19:54:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Poem 60 : Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 推句 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
文章李太白이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
筆法王羲之라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一日不讀書면&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
口中生荊棘이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花有重開日이나&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人無更少年이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
白日莫虛送하라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
靑春不再來니라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Poem 59 : Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
For letters, there’s Li Tai Bai &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For calligraphy, Wang Xi Zhi. &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A day without reading,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mouth grows thorns and thistles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Li Tai Bai was a pre-eminent Tang Dynasty poet (701 -762 AD) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Wang Xi Zhi (303 - 361 AD) was a famed calligrapher &lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Poem 60 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flowers, [they] have a day [when they] blossom again;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People, [they] do not have a year [when they are] younger again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daytime, do not send away in vain;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Youth, does not come back again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+ I am not very sure about the translation of the third line - &amp;quot;白日莫虛送&amp;quot;, I feel like there is something missing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E6%8E%A8%E5%8F%A5_59_-_60&amp;diff=15311</id>
		<title>2018 推句 59 - 60</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E6%8E%A8%E5%8F%A5_59_-_60&amp;diff=15311"/>
				<updated>2018-07-25T19:54:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Poem 60 : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 推句 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
文章李太白이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
筆法王羲之라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一日不讀書면&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
口中生荊棘이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花有重開日이나&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人無更少年이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
白日莫虛送하라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
靑春不再來니라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Poem 59 : Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
For letters, there’s Li Tai Bai &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For calligraphy, Wang Xi Zhi. &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A day without reading,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mouth grows thorns and thistles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Li Tai Bai was a pre-eminent Tang Dynasty poet (701 -762 AD) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Wang Xi Zhi (303 - 361 AD) was a famed calligrapher &lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Poem 60 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flowers, [they] have a day [when they] blossom again;&lt;br /&gt;
People, [they] do not have a year [when they are] younger again.&lt;br /&gt;
Daytime, do not send away in vain;&lt;br /&gt;
Youth, does not come back again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+ I am not very sure about the translation of the third line - &amp;quot;白日莫虛送&amp;quot;, I feel like there is something missing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_56_-_62&amp;diff=15310</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 56 - 62</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_56_-_62&amp;diff=15310"/>
				<updated>2018-07-25T19:38:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Sentence 58 : Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
56. 鷗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客相狎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*與 N  V: V with N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 鑿地灌水曰池塘可植蓮邊種柳程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*於 N V: V in/on/to N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59. 巖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 石之大者曰巖如虎而蹲如龍而距不變太古之顔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 之 C 者: that which C among N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60. 山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者爲山其高千萬丈草木生禽獸居焉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者爲山，其高千萬丈，草木生禽獸居焉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者 爲山하니 其高千萬丈이라 草木生하고 禽獸居焉이로다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*高 # M: be high/tall # (Measure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61. 川&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 小水合流曰川深爲潭淺爲灘晝夜不息魚鱉生其間&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62. 瀑布&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 懸崖絶壁飛流之水散泡如雪作聲如雷廬山之瀑勝於天下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*勝於 N: exceed N, be better than N&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 56 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Gull&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客相狎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The seagulls are the water chicken. On thousands of waves the seagulls float and sink many times. With old fishermen they look for alliance. With seafarers they play.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 57 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩 : 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doves: In the mulberry forest, in the spring sun, those which harmoniously cry and summon rain are the doves. [They are] clumsy at building nests, thus some [of them] live in magpies' nests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 58 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘 : 鑿地灌水曰池塘可植蓮邊種柳程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ponds: [When one] digs out dirt and pours in water, [that is] called a pond. [One] can plant lotuses and seed willow trees on the side. Master Chǒng (ch. Cheng) was looking at fishes in the basin pond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 59 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
巖 : 石之大者曰巖如虎而蹲如龍而距不變太古之顔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59. Cliffs: [That which is] big among stones is called a cliff. Like tigers, [they] crouches; like dragons, [they] are far away. [Their] primordial faces do not change. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 60 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mountain:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That which is soil piled up and raised high becomes a mountain. Its height is thousands [or] tens of thousands zhangs&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;丈, unit of length equal to 3.3 meters&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Grass and trees live, and birds and beasts dwell there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 61 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterway:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small waters flowing together are called waterways. Deep ones are pools, shallow ones are shoals. Day and night, [they] do not rest. Fishes and turtles live among them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 62 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterfall:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water hanging off the cliff, cutting a wall [in it], flying and flowing. It scatters and froths like snow, makes sound like thunder. The waterfall of Mount Lu&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Also known as Lushan, a mountain famous for its natural beauties located in Jiangxi province, China&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  stands out among all things.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_56_-_62&amp;diff=15309</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 56 - 62</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_56_-_62&amp;diff=15309"/>
				<updated>2018-07-25T19:37:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Sentence 59 : Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
56. 鷗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客相狎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*與 N  V: V with N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 鑿地灌水曰池塘可植蓮邊種柳程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*於 N V: V in/on/to N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59. 巖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 石之大者曰巖如虎而蹲如龍而距不變太古之顔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 之 C 者: that which C among N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60. 山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者爲山其高千萬丈草木生禽獸居焉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者爲山，其高千萬丈，草木生禽獸居焉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者 爲山하니 其高千萬丈이라 草木生하고 禽獸居焉이로다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*高 # M: be high/tall # (Measure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61. 川&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 小水合流曰川深爲潭淺爲灘晝夜不息魚鱉生其間&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62. 瀑布&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 懸崖絶壁飛流之水散泡如雪作聲如雷廬山之瀑勝於天下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*勝於 N: exceed N, be better than N&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 56 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Gull&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客相狎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The seagulls are the water chicken. On thousands of waves the seagulls float and sink many times. With old fishermen they look for alliance. With seafarers they play.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 57 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩 : 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doves: In the mulberry forest, in the spring sun, those which harmoniously cry and summon rain are the doves. [They are] clumsy at building nests, thus some [of them] live in magpies' nests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 58 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘 : 鑿地灌水曰池塘可植蓮邊種柳程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ponds: [When one] digs out dirt and pours in water, [that is] called a pond. [One] can plant lotuses and seed willow trees on the side. Master Chǒng (ch, Cheng) was looking at fishes in the basin pond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 59 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
巖 : 石之大者曰巖如虎而蹲如龍而距不變太古之顔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59. Cliffs: [That which is] big among stones is called a cliff. Like tigers, [they] crouches; like dragons, [they] are far away. [Their] primordial faces do not change. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 60 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mountain:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That which is soil piled up and raised high becomes a mountain. Its height is thousands [or] tens of thousands zhangs&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;丈, unit of length equal to 3.3 meters&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Grass and trees live, and birds and beasts dwell there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 61 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterway:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small waters flowing together are called waterways. Deep ones are pools, shallow ones are shoals. Day and night, [they] do not rest. Fishes and turtles live among them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 62 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterfall:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water hanging off the cliff, cutting a wall [in it], flying and flowing. It scatters and froths like snow, makes sound like thunder. The waterfall of Mount Lu&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Also known as Lushan, a mountain famous for its natural beauties located in Jiangxi province, China&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  stands out among all things.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_56_-_62&amp;diff=15308</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 56 - 62</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_56_-_62&amp;diff=15308"/>
				<updated>2018-07-25T19:37:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Sentence 59 : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
56. 鷗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客相狎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*與 N  V: V with N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 鑿地灌水曰池塘可植蓮邊種柳程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*於 N V: V in/on/to N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59. 巖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 石之大者曰巖如虎而蹲如龍而距不變太古之顔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 之 C 者: that which C among N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60. 山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者爲山其高千萬丈草木生禽獸居焉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者爲山，其高千萬丈，草木生禽獸居焉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者 爲山하니 其高千萬丈이라 草木生하고 禽獸居焉이로다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*高 # M: be high/tall # (Measure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61. 川&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 小水合流曰川深爲潭淺爲灘晝夜不息魚鱉生其間&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62. 瀑布&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 懸崖絶壁飛流之水散泡如雪作聲如雷廬山之瀑勝於天下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*勝於 N: exceed N, be better than N&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 56 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Gull&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客相狎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The seagulls are the water chicken. On thousands of waves the seagulls float and sink many times. With old fishermen they look for alliance. With seafarers they play.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 57 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩 : 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doves: In the mulberry forest, in the spring sun, those which harmoniously cry and summon rain are the doves. [They are] clumsy at building nests, thus some [of them] live in magpies' nests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 58 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘 : 鑿地灌水曰池塘可植蓮邊種柳程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ponds: [When one] digs out dirt and pours in water, [that is] called a pond. [One] can plant lotuses and seed willow trees on the side. Master Chǒng (ch, Cheng) was looking at fishes in the basin pond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 59 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
巖 : 石之大者曰巖如虎而蹲如龍而距不變太古之顔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cliffs: [That which is] big among stones is called a cliff. Like tigers, [they] crouches; like dragons, [they] are far away. [Their] primordial faces do not change. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 60 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mountain:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That which is soil piled up and raised high becomes a mountain. Its height is thousands [or] tens of thousands zhangs&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;丈, unit of length equal to 3.3 meters&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Grass and trees live, and birds and beasts dwell there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 61 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterway:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small waters flowing together are called waterways. Deep ones are pools, shallow ones are shoals. Day and night, [they] do not rest. Fishes and turtles live among them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 62 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterfall:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water hanging off the cliff, cutting a wall [in it], flying and flowing. It scatters and froths like snow, makes sound like thunder. The waterfall of Mount Lu&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Also known as Lushan, a mountain famous for its natural beauties located in Jiangxi province, China&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  stands out among all things.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_56_-_62&amp;diff=15307</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 56 - 62</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_56_-_62&amp;diff=15307"/>
				<updated>2018-07-25T19:30:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Sentence 58 : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
56. 鷗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客相狎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*與 N  V: V with N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 鑿地灌水曰池塘可植蓮邊種柳程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*於 N V: V in/on/to N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59. 巖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 石之大者曰巖如虎而蹲如龍而距不變太古之顔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 之 C 者: that which C among N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60. 山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者爲山其高千萬丈草木生禽獸居焉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者爲山，其高千萬丈，草木生禽獸居焉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者 爲山하니 其高千萬丈이라 草木生하고 禽獸居焉이로다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*高 # M: be high/tall # (Measure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61. 川&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 小水合流曰川深爲潭淺爲灘晝夜不息魚鱉生其間&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62. 瀑布&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 懸崖絶壁飛流之水散泡如雪作聲如雷廬山之瀑勝於天下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*勝於 N: exceed N, be better than N&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 56 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Gull&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客相狎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The seagulls are the water chicken. On thousands of waves the seagulls float and sink many times. With old fishermen they look for alliance. With seafarers they play.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 57 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩 : 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doves: In the mulberry forest, in the spring sun, those which harmoniously cry and summon rain are the doves. [They are] clumsy at building nests, thus some [of them] live in magpies' nests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 58 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘 : 鑿地灌水曰池塘可植蓮邊種柳程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ponds: [When one] digs out dirt and pours in water, [that is] called a pond. [One] can plant lotuses and seed willow trees on the side. Master Chǒng (ch, Cheng) was looking at fishes in the basin pond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 59 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 60 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mountain:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That which is soil piled up and raised high becomes a mountain. Its height is thousands [or] tens of thousands zhangs&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;丈, unit of length equal to 3.3 meters&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Grass and trees live, and birds and beasts dwell there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 61 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterway:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small waters flowing together are called waterways. Deep ones are pools, shallow ones are shoals. Day and night, [they] do not rest. Fishes and turtles live among them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 62 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterfall:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water hanging off the cliff, cutting a wall [in it], flying and flowing. It scatters and froths like snow, makes sound like thunder. The waterfall of Mount Lu&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Also known as Lushan, a mountain famous for its natural beauties located in Jiangxi province, China&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  stands out among all things.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_56_-_62&amp;diff=15306</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 56 - 62</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_56_-_62&amp;diff=15306"/>
				<updated>2018-07-25T19:25:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Sentence 57 : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
56. 鷗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客相狎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*與 N  V: V with N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 鑿地灌水曰池塘可植蓮邊種柳程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*於 N V: V in/on/to N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59. 巖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 石之大者曰巖如虎而蹲如龍而距不變太古之顔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 之 C 者: that which C among N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60. 山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者爲山其高千萬丈草木生禽獸居焉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者爲山，其高千萬丈，草木生禽獸居焉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 土積而高起者 爲山하니 其高千萬丈이라 草木生하고 禽獸居焉이로다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*高 # M: be high/tall # (Measure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61. 川&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 小水合流曰川深爲潭淺爲灘晝夜不息魚鱉生其間&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62. 瀑布&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 懸崖絶壁飛流之水散泡如雪作聲如雷廬山之瀑勝於天下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*勝於 N: exceed N, be better than N&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 56 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Gull&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客相狎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The seagulls are the water chicken. On thousands of waves the seagulls float and sink many times. With old fishermen they look for alliance. With seafarers they play.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 57 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩 : 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doves: In the mulberry forest, in the spring sun, those which harmoniously cry and summon rain are the doves. [They are] clumsy at building nests, thus some [of them] live in magpies' nests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 58 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 59 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 60 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mountain:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That which is soil piled up and raised high becomes a mountain. Its height is thousands [or] tens of thousands zhangs&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;丈, unit of length equal to 3.3 meters&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Grass and trees live, and birds and beasts dwell there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 61 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterway:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small waters flowing together are called waterways. Deep ones are pools, shallow ones are shoals. Day and night, [they] do not rest. Fishes and turtles live among them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 62 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterfall:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The water hanging off the cliff, cutting a wall [in it], flying and flowing. It scatters and froths like snow, makes sound like thunder. The waterfall of Mount Lu&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Also known as Lushan, a mountain famous for its natural beauties located in Jiangxi province, China&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  stands out among all things.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_41_-_45&amp;diff=14417</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 41 - 45</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_41_-_45&amp;diff=14417"/>
				<updated>2018-07-17T13:34:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student 1 : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
41. 牡丹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 東風吹牧丹盛開花之富貴者無雙第一國香故曰花中王&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 之 A 者&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
42. 禽獸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 飛者謂之禽走者謂之獸羽族毛族其類各有三百&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N1 謂之 N2: N1 is called N2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*各: each&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
43. 牛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 角者牛也農人牧之以耕田無牛何以爲農&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*VP1 以 VP2: VP2 by (doing) VP1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*何以 V: how (or with what) to V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
44. 馬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 馬之性善走致遠莫如馬故伯樂相之以取其良&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*莫如 N: there is nothing/none like N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
45. 狗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 狗之爲物畜于人家守門備盜見人則狺狺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*onomatopoeia &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''(sample) : Young Kyun Oh'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 1 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
41. 牡丹: 東風吹牧丹盛開花之富貴者無雙第一國香故曰花中王&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peonies: The east wind blows, the peonies blossom flourishingly. Out of flowers they are rich and precious, [and] peerlessly has the best fragrance in the state, therefore they are called &amp;quot;the king among flowers&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
42. 禽獸: 飛者謂之禽走者謂之獸羽族毛族其類各有三百&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Birds and beasts: Those that fly are called birds, those that run are called beasts. The feather tribes and the furred tribes, their kinds each have three hundred [in number].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
43. 牛: 者牛也農人牧之以耕田無牛何以爲農&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oxen: Those with horns are oxen, by herding them farmers plough [their] fields, [if] you do not have an ox how could you farm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
44. 馬: 馬之性善走致遠莫如馬故伯樂相之以取其良&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Horses: Horses are good at running by nature. In reaching far [distances], there is nothing like horses, therefore Paek Nak (ch. Bo Le)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; read their faces [and] by [doing] that he obtained the good ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
45. 狗: 狗之爲物畜于人家守門備盜見人則狺狺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dogs: Dogs as beings [are] raised in people's houses. [They] guard doors and prepare [for] thieves, [when] looking at people, then [they] bark &amp;quot;ǔn ǔn&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Bo Le (680 - 610 BC) was a famous trainer of horses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 狺狺 - onomatopoeia for dog's barking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 2 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 3 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 4 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 5 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 6 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 7 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 8 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 9 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 10 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 11 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 12 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 13 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 14 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_18_-_22&amp;diff=14296</id>
		<title>2018 童蒙先習 18 - 22</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_18_-_22&amp;diff=14296"/>
				<updated>2018-07-16T12:32:45Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student 19 : (Bryan) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 童蒙先習 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
 18. 而況兄弟는 同氣之人이라 骨肉至親이니 尤當友愛요 不可藏怒宿怨하여 以敗天常也니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 하물며 형제간은 기운을 함께 나눈 사람이다. 뼈와 살을 나눈 지극히 가까운 관계이니 더욱 우애해야 할 것이요, 노여움을 마음 속에 감추고 원한을 묵혀서 하늘의 떳떳한 도리를 무너뜨려서는 안 된다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 19. 昔者에 司馬光이 與其兄伯康으로 友愛尤篤하여 敬之如嚴父하고 保之如嬰兒하니 兄弟之道가 當如是也니라 孟子曰 孩提之童이 無不知愛其親이며 及其長也하여는 無不知敬其兄也라하시니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 옛적에 司馬光이 그의 형 伯康과 더불어 우애하기를 더욱 돈독히 하여, 형을 엄한 아버지처럼 공경하고, 어린 아이처럼 보호하였으니, 형제간의 도리는 마땅히 이와 같아야 한다. 맹자께서는 “웃을 줄 알고 손을 잡아주고 안아 줄 만한 아이도 자기 어버이를 사랑할 줄 모르는 경우가 없으며, 그가 성장해서는 그 형을 공경할 줄 모르는 이가 없다.”고 하셨다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''::朋友有信::'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 20. 朋友는 同類之人이라 益者三友요 損者三友니 友直하며 友諒하며 友多聞이면 益矣요 友便辟하며 友善柔하며 友便佞이면 損矣리라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 붕우는 부류가 같은 사람이다. 유익한 벗이 세 종류 있고, 해로운 벗이 세 종류가 있으니, 정직한 사람을 벗하며 신실한 사람을 벗하며 식견이 많은 사람을 벗하면 이롭고, 치우친 사람을 벗하며 구미만 맞추는 사람을 벗하며 말재주만 뛰어난 사람을 벗하면 해롭다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 21. 友也者는 友其德也니 自天子로 至於庶人히 未有不須友以成者하니 其分이 若疎나 而其所關이 爲至親하니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 벗을 사귀는 것은 그 사람의 德性을 보고 사귀는 것이다. 天子로부터 일반인에 이르기까지 벗을 통해서 자신의 인격을 완성하지 않는 경우가 없으니 그 관계가 소원한 것 같지만 관련되는 것이 지극히 가까운 관계와 같다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 22. 是故로 取友를 必端人하며 擇友를 必勝己니 要當責善以信하며 切切偲偲하여 忠告而善道之하다가 不可則止니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 이 때문에 벗을 사귈 때에는 반드시 단정한 사람을 사귀며, 벗을 가릴 때에는 반드시 나보다 나은 사람을 가려서 사귀어야 한다. 마땅히 진실한 태도를 지니고 좋은 일로 권면할 것을 요구하며 간절하고 자세하게 권면하며 진실한 마음으로 알려주고 선으로 인도하다가 안 되면 친구 관계를 그만두어야 한다.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 18 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 21 : (Bryan)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
21. 友也者는 友其德也니 自天子로 至於庶人히 未有不須友以成者하니 其分이 若疎나 而其所關이 爲至親하니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being friends means that you have to get friendship  with people of virtue. From the Son of Heaven to every common man there is no one who don’t need friends to be accomplished. Friends are divided by careless but this relation, they can get very close.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 20 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Friends, people of the same kind. Of those who are beneficial, there are three kinds. Of those who are harmful, there are [also] three kinds. Friends who are straightforward, friends who are understanding, and friends who know a lot are beneficial. Friends who tend to keep to themselves, friends who are good at pleasing others, and friends who tend to flatter are harmful.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions: &lt;br /&gt;
+ I opted for Ewa's suggestion when translating 友便辟 友善柔 友便佞, treating them all as S V O structures, cause I think it works really well. Thanks, Ewa! :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 19 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. 昔者에 司馬光이 與其兄伯康으로 友愛尤篤하여 敬之如嚴父하고 保之如嬰兒하니 兄弟之道가 當如是也니라 孟子曰 孩提之童이 無不知愛其親이며 及其長也하여는 無不知敬其兄也라하시니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the past, Sima Guang with his older brother Kang fraternally loved [each other] and [their feelings towards each other] were especially sincere, [Sima Guang] respected him (Kang) as a stern father and [Kang] protected him (Guang) as a baby. The way of the older and the younger brother must be like this. Mencius said: &amp;quot;Infants, none [of them] does not know how to love their parents and reaching [the time] they grow up, none [of them] does not know how to respect their older brothers.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+ I am not very sure with the translation of '友愛尤篤' - 'fraternally loved [each other] and [their feelings towards each other] were especially sincere', can it be like this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 22 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_18_-_22&amp;diff=14294</id>
		<title>2018 童蒙先習 18 - 22</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_18_-_22&amp;diff=14294"/>
				<updated>2018-07-16T12:31:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Sentence 21 : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 童蒙先習 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
 18. 而況兄弟는 同氣之人이라 骨肉至親이니 尤當友愛요 不可藏怒宿怨하여 以敗天常也니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 하물며 형제간은 기운을 함께 나눈 사람이다. 뼈와 살을 나눈 지극히 가까운 관계이니 더욱 우애해야 할 것이요, 노여움을 마음 속에 감추고 원한을 묵혀서 하늘의 떳떳한 도리를 무너뜨려서는 안 된다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 19. 昔者에 司馬光이 與其兄伯康으로 友愛尤篤하여 敬之如嚴父하고 保之如嬰兒하니 兄弟之道가 當如是也니라 孟子曰 孩提之童이 無不知愛其親이며 及其長也하여는 無不知敬其兄也라하시니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 옛적에 司馬光이 그의 형 伯康과 더불어 우애하기를 더욱 돈독히 하여, 형을 엄한 아버지처럼 공경하고, 어린 아이처럼 보호하였으니, 형제간의 도리는 마땅히 이와 같아야 한다. 맹자께서는 “웃을 줄 알고 손을 잡아주고 안아 줄 만한 아이도 자기 어버이를 사랑할 줄 모르는 경우가 없으며, 그가 성장해서는 그 형을 공경할 줄 모르는 이가 없다.”고 하셨다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''::朋友有信::'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 20. 朋友는 同類之人이라 益者三友요 損者三友니 友直하며 友諒하며 友多聞이면 益矣요 友便辟하며 友善柔하며 友便佞이면 損矣리라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 붕우는 부류가 같은 사람이다. 유익한 벗이 세 종류 있고, 해로운 벗이 세 종류가 있으니, 정직한 사람을 벗하며 신실한 사람을 벗하며 식견이 많은 사람을 벗하면 이롭고, 치우친 사람을 벗하며 구미만 맞추는 사람을 벗하며 말재주만 뛰어난 사람을 벗하면 해롭다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 21. 友也者는 友其德也니 自天子로 至於庶人히 未有不須友以成者하니 其分이 若疎나 而其所關이 爲至親하니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 벗을 사귀는 것은 그 사람의 德性을 보고 사귀는 것이다. 天子로부터 일반인에 이르기까지 벗을 통해서 자신의 인격을 완성하지 않는 경우가 없으니 그 관계가 소원한 것 같지만 관련되는 것이 지극히 가까운 관계와 같다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 22. 是故로 取友를 必端人하며 擇友를 必勝己니 要當責善以信하며 切切偲偲하여 忠告而善道之하다가 不可則止니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 이 때문에 벗을 사귈 때에는 반드시 단정한 사람을 사귀며, 벗을 가릴 때에는 반드시 나보다 나은 사람을 가려서 사귀어야 한다. 마땅히 진실한 태도를 지니고 좋은 일로 권면할 것을 요구하며 간절하고 자세하게 권면하며 진실한 마음으로 알려주고 선으로 인도하다가 안 되면 친구 관계를 그만두어야 한다.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 18 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 19 : (Bryan)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
21. 友也者는 友其德也니 自天子로 至於庶人히 未有不須友以成者하니 其分이 若疎나 而其所關이 爲至親하니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being friends means that you have to get friendship  with people of virtue. From the Son of Heaven to every common man there is no one who don’t need friends to be accomplished. Friends are divided by careless but this relation, they can get very close.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 20 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Friends, people of the same kind. Of those who are beneficial, there are three kinds. Of those who are harmful, there are [also] three kinds. Friends who are straightforward, friends who are understanding, and friends who know a lot are beneficial. Friends who tend to keep to themselves, friends who are good at pleasing others, and friends who tend to flatter are harmful.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions: &lt;br /&gt;
+ I opted for Ewa's suggestion when translating 友便辟 友善柔 友便佞, treating them all as S V O structures, cause I think it works really well. Thanks, Ewa! :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 19 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. 昔者에 司馬光이 與其兄伯康으로 友愛尤篤하여 敬之如嚴父하고 保之如嬰兒하니 兄弟之道가 當如是也니라 孟子曰 孩提之童이 無不知愛其親이며 及其長也하여는 無不知敬其兄也라하시니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the past, Sima Guang with his older brother Kang fraternally loved [each other] and [their feelings towards each other] were especially sincere, [Sima Guang] respected him (Kang) as a stern father and [Kang] protected him (Guang) as a baby. The way of the older and the younger brother must be like this. Mencius said: &amp;quot;Infants, none [of them] does not know how to love their parents and reaching [the time] they grow up, none [of them] does not know how to respect their older brothers.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+ I am not very sure with the translation of '友愛尤篤' - 'fraternally loved [each other] and [their feelings towards each other] were especially sincere', can it be like this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 22 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E6%B8%BE%E6%B2%8C&amp;diff=14288</id>
		<title>(Translation) 渾沌</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E6%B8%BE%E6%B2%8C&amp;diff=14288"/>
				<updated>2018-07-16T12:12:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student 3 : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Primary Source Document3&lt;br /&gt;
|Image = 혼돈.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|English = &lt;br /&gt;
|Chinese = &lt;br /&gt;
|Korean = &lt;br /&gt;
|Genre = &lt;br /&gt;
|Type = &lt;br /&gt;
|Author = &lt;br /&gt;
|Year = &lt;br /&gt;
|Key Concepts= &lt;br /&gt;
|Translator = [[2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate)#Participants | Participants of 2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate Training Group)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Editor = &lt;br /&gt;
|Translation Year = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{둥근 모서리2&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
南海之帝為儵，北海之帝為忽，中央之帝為渾沌。儵與忽時相與遇於渾沌之地，渾沌待之甚善。儵與忽謀報渾沌之德，曰：「人皆有七竅，以視聽食息，此獨無有，嘗試鑿之。」日鑿一竅，七日而渾沌死。《莊子. 應帝王》&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''(sample) : Young Kyun Oh'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 1 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 2 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 3 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emperor of the Southern Sea was Shu, the Emperor of the Northern Sea was Hu, the Emperor of the Middle was Hundun&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. Shu and Hu sometimes met each other at Hundun's place, and Hundun treated them very well. Shu and Hu were planning how to show [their] gratitude for Hundun's kindness and said: &amp;quot;All people have seven apertures with which [they] look, hear, eat, and breath, [however] this [Hundun] alone does not have [them]. Let's try to make them.&amp;quot; In one day, [they] made one aperture, [after] seven days Hundun died.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 渾沌 means 'chaos'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+ I keep thinking about '日鑿一竅', can I change the order a bit and translate it like '[they] made one aperture a day'?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 4 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 5 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 6 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 7 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 8 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 9 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 10 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 11 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 12 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 13 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 14 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E7%83%88%E5%A9%A6%E5%85%A5%E6%B1%9F&amp;diff=14024</id>
		<title>(Translation) 烈婦入江</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E7%83%88%E5%A9%A6%E5%85%A5%E6%B1%9F&amp;diff=14024"/>
				<updated>2018-07-12T11:57:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student Translation : Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Primary Source Document3&lt;br /&gt;
|Image = 열부입강.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|English = &lt;br /&gt;
|Chinese = &lt;br /&gt;
|Korean = &lt;br /&gt;
|Genre = &lt;br /&gt;
|Type = &lt;br /&gt;
|Author = &lt;br /&gt;
|Year = &lt;br /&gt;
|Key Concepts= &lt;br /&gt;
|Translator = [[2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate)#Participants | Participants of 2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate Training Group)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Editor = &lt;br /&gt;
|Translation Year = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{둥근 모서리2&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
烈婦. 京山人. 進士裵中善女也. 旣笄. 歸士族李東郊. 善治內事. 洪武庚申. 倭賊逼京山. 闔境擾攘. 無敢禦者. 東郊時赴合浦帥幕. 未還. 賊騎突入烈婦所居里. 烈婦. 抱乳子走. 賊追之及江. 江水方漲. 烈婦度不能脫. 置乳子岸上. 走入江. 賊持滿注矢擬之曰. 而來. 免而死. 烈婦顧見賊. 罵曰. 何不速殺我. 我豈汚賊者邪. 賊發矢中肩. 再發再中. 遂歿於江中. 體覆使趙浚. 上其事. 族表里門. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
【詩】島夷來逼孰能當. 闔境蒼皇走且僵. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　忍見亂兒呱岸上. 自知難脫赴滄浪. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　倭寇由來性不仁. 那知烈婦行眞純. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　灘聲千載猶悲咽. 到此無人不愴神.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student Translation : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A devoted wife enters the river&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The devoted wife, a person of Kyŏngsan, was chinsa&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Pae Jungsŏn's daughter. She had already passed the age of 15&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and got married to I Donggyu of a literati family. She was good at managing internal matters. In the Kyŏngshin year of Hongmu's reign&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Japanese pirates were oppressing Kyŏngsan. They surrounded the place and caused troubles. [There was] nobody who would dare to resist. Donggyu, at the time, went to Happ'o to commander's headquarters [but] did not come back. The bandits' cavalry suddenly entered the town [where] the devoted wife was living. The devoted wife embraced a baby she was breastfeeding and ran away. The bandits chased after her until the river. The river water was just then increasing. The devoted wife figured that she could not escape. She put the baby down on the riverbank and running entered the river. The bandits drew [their] bows and with all strength directed arrows, targeted her and said: &amp;quot;You, come [here], if not you will die.&amp;quot; The devoted wife turned around and looked at the bandits, [while] scolding [them] she said: &amp;quot;Why don't you kill me quickly? How could I be blemished by [those who are] the bandits?&amp;quot; The bandits shot the arrows and hit [her] shoulder. They shot again and hit [her] again. Thereupon she died inside the river. Ch'eboksa&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Chojun sent the matter up and a banner was displayed at the gate of the town. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The island barbarians came to oppress [us], who can oppose [them]? They surrounded the area, the people agitatedly ran away as well as remained stiff and fell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The devoted wife] bore to see the confused child crying on the riverbank. Knowing [that it would be] difficult to escape, she advanced to the cold waves [of the river].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese pirates' nature originally is not benevolent. How would they know [that] the devoted wife's behaviour is so genuine?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rapids' sound of thousand years is like sadly crying. Heretofore, no one will be not broken-hearted. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 進士 - literally meaning is 'an advanced scholar', in the Chosǒn period it was a scholar who has only passed the first examination for office.&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 笄 - a large pin for holding hair, girls began to wear this pin when they were at the age of 15.&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 洪武庚申 - should mean the 57th year of the emperor Hongmu(ch. Hongwu)'s reign(1368 - 1398). However, this is a year of the reign of his son Yǒngnak (ch. Yongle; 1402 - 1424) who usurped the throne from his nephew and dated the first year of his reign as the '35th year of Hogmu's reign (洪武三十五年)'. Thus 洪武庚申 is 1424.&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 體覆使 - an official who received an order from the king and had to go to provinces to investigate crimes connected to the military affairs.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ In the poem, how could be the last character 神 translated? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Fran): The repetition of the phrase &amp;quot;the devoted wife&amp;quot; sounds a bit stilted. I wonder if the modifier &amp;quot;devoted&amp;quot; can be dropped after the first mention. It should be &amp;quot;The bandits ''drew'' their bows&amp;quot; to maintain consistent tense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_14_-_17&amp;diff=14009</id>
		<title>2018 童蒙先習 14 - 17</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_14_-_17&amp;diff=14009"/>
				<updated>2018-07-12T11:14:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Passage 14 : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 童蒙先習 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
 14. 須是夫敬其身하여 以帥其婦하고 婦敬其身하여 以承其夫하여 內外和順이라야 父母其安樂之矣시리라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 모름지기 남편은 자기 몸을 삼가서 아내를 잘 거느리고, 아내는 자기 몸을 공경하여 남편을 잘 받들어서 내외가 화순해야 부모님께서 편안하고 즐거워하실 것이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 15. 昔者에 郤缺이 耨어늘 其妻饁之하되 敬하여 相待如賓하니 夫婦之道가 當如是也니라 子思曰 君子之道 造端乎夫婦라하시니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 옛적에 郤缺이 밭에서 김을 매고 있을 때, 그 아내가 새참을 내왔는데 서로 공경하여 상대하기를 마치 손님 모시듯 하였으니, 부부간의 도리는 마땅히 이와 같아야 한다. 子思께서 말씀하시기를 “군자의 도리는 부부 사이에서 비롯된다.”고 하셨다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''::長幼有序::'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 16. 長幼는 天倫之序라 兄之所以爲兄과 弟之所以爲弟 長幼之道 所自出也라 蓋宗族鄕黨에 皆有長幼하니 不可紊也라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 어른과 아이는 하늘이 차례지어 준 관계이다. 형이 형 노릇하고 아우가 아우 노릇하는 것이 어른과 어린이의 도리가 비롯된 유래이다. 종족과 향당에는 모두 어른과 아이가 있으니, 이를 문란시켜서는 안 된다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 17. 徐行後長者를 謂之弟요 疾行先長者를 謂之不弟니 是故로 年長以倍則父事之하고 十年以長則兄事之하고 五年以長則肩隨之니 長慈幼하며 幼敬長 然後에야 無侮少陵長之弊하여 而人道正矣리라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 천천히 걸어서 어른보다 뒤에 쳐져 가는 것을 공손한 태도라고 이르고, 빨리 걸어서 어른보다 앞서 걸어 가는 것을 공손하지 못한 태도라고 일컫는다. 그러므로 나이가 갑절 많으면 어버이 섬기는 도리로 섬기고, 나이가 열 살이 많으면 형을 섬기는 도리로 섬기고, 나이가 다섯 살이 많으면 어깨폭 만큼 뒤쳐져 따라가니, 어른은 어린 사람을 사랑하며 어린 사람은 어른을 공경한 뒤에야 젊은이를 업신여기거나 어른을 능멸하는 폐단이 없어져서 사람의 도리가 바로 설 것이다.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 14 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
須是夫敬其身하여 以帥其婦하고 婦敬其身하여 以承其夫하여 內外和順이라야 父母其安樂之矣시리라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has to be that the husband respects himself and leads his wife, the wife respects herself and serves her husband, [if they] inside and outside follow harmoniously [each other, then their] parents would feel peaceful and enjoy that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 15 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 16 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 15 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E7%83%88%E5%A9%A6%E5%85%A5%E6%B1%9F&amp;diff=13742</id>
		<title>(Translation) 烈婦入江</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E7%83%88%E5%A9%A6%E5%85%A5%E6%B1%9F&amp;diff=13742"/>
				<updated>2018-07-10T13:57:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student Translation : Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Primary Source Document3&lt;br /&gt;
|Image = 열부입강.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|English = &lt;br /&gt;
|Chinese = &lt;br /&gt;
|Korean = &lt;br /&gt;
|Genre = &lt;br /&gt;
|Type = &lt;br /&gt;
|Author = &lt;br /&gt;
|Year = &lt;br /&gt;
|Key Concepts= &lt;br /&gt;
|Translator = [[2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate)#Participants | Participants of 2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate Training Group)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Editor = &lt;br /&gt;
|Translation Year = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{둥근 모서리2&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
烈婦. 京山人. 進士裵中善女也. 旣笄. 歸士族李東郊. 善治內事. 洪武庚申. 倭賊逼京山. 闔境擾攘. 無敢禦者. 東郊時赴合浦帥幕. 未還. 賊騎突入烈婦所居里. 烈婦. 抱乳子走. 賊追之及江. 江水方漲. 烈婦度不能脫. 置乳子岸上. 走入江. 賊持滿注矢擬之曰. 而來. 免而死. 烈婦顧見賊. 罵曰. 何不速殺我. 我豈汚賊者邪. 賊發矢中肩. 再發再中. 遂歿於江中. 體覆使趙浚. 上其事. 族表里門. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
【詩】島夷來逼孰能當. 闔境蒼皇走且僵. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　忍見亂兒呱岸上. 自知難脫赴滄浪. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　倭寇由來性不仁. 那知烈婦行眞純. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　灘聲千載猶悲咽. 到此無人不愴神.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student Translation : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A devoted wife enters the river&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The devoted wife, a person of Kyŏngsan, was chinsa&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Pae Jungsŏn's daughter. She had already passed the age of 15&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and got married to I Donggyu of a literati family. She was good at managing internal matters. In the Kyŏngshin year of Hongmu's reign&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Japanese pirates were oppressing Kyŏngsan. They surrounded the place and caused troubles. [There was] nobody who would dare to resist. Donggyu, at the time, went to Happ'o to commander's headquarters [but] did not come back. The bandits' cavalry suddenly entered the town [where] the devoted wife was living. The devoted wife embraced a baby she was breastfeeding and ran away. The bandits chased after her until the river. The river water was just then increasing. The devoted wife figured that she could not escape. She put the baby down on the riverbank and running entered the river. The bandits draw bows and with all strength directed arrows, targeted her and said: &amp;quot;You, come [here], if not you will die.&amp;quot; The devoted wife turned around and looked at the bandits, [while] scolding [them] she said: &amp;quot;Why don't you kill me quickly? How could I be blemished by [those who are] the bandits?&amp;quot; The bandits shot the arrows and hit [her] shoulder. They shot again and hit [her] again. Thereupon she died inside the river. Ch'eboksa&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Chojun sent the matter up and a banner was displayed at the gate of the town. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 進士 - literally meaning is 'an advanced scholar', in the Chosǒn period it was a scholar who has only passed the first examination for office.&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 笄 - a large pin for holding hair, girls began to wear this pin when they were at the age of 15.&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 洪武庚申 - should mean the 57th year of the emperor Hongmu(ch. Hongwu)'s reign(1368 - 1398). However, this is a year of the reign of his son Yǒngnak (ch. Yongle; 1402 - 1424) who usurped the throne from his nephew and dated the first year of his reign as the '35th year of Hogmu's reign (洪武三十五年)'. Thus 洪武庚申 is 1424.&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 體覆使 - an official who received an order from the king and had to go to provinces to investigate crimes connected to the military affairs.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E7%83%88%E5%A9%A6%E5%85%A5%E6%B1%9F&amp;diff=13741</id>
		<title>(Translation) 烈婦入江</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E7%83%88%E5%A9%A6%E5%85%A5%E6%B1%9F&amp;diff=13741"/>
				<updated>2018-07-10T13:56:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student Translation : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Primary Source Document3&lt;br /&gt;
|Image = 열부입강.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|English = &lt;br /&gt;
|Chinese = &lt;br /&gt;
|Korean = &lt;br /&gt;
|Genre = &lt;br /&gt;
|Type = &lt;br /&gt;
|Author = &lt;br /&gt;
|Year = &lt;br /&gt;
|Key Concepts= &lt;br /&gt;
|Translator = [[2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate)#Participants | Participants of 2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate Training Group)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Editor = &lt;br /&gt;
|Translation Year = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{둥근 모서리2&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
烈婦. 京山人. 進士裵中善女也. 旣笄. 歸士族李東郊. 善治內事. 洪武庚申. 倭賊逼京山. 闔境擾攘. 無敢禦者. 東郊時赴合浦帥幕. 未還. 賊騎突入烈婦所居里. 烈婦. 抱乳子走. 賊追之及江. 江水方漲. 烈婦度不能脫. 置乳子岸上. 走入江. 賊持滿注矢擬之曰. 而來. 免而死. 烈婦顧見賊. 罵曰. 何不速殺我. 我豈汚賊者邪. 賊發矢中肩. 再發再中. 遂歿於江中. 體覆使趙浚. 上其事. 族表里門. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
【詩】島夷來逼孰能當. 闔境蒼皇走且僵. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　忍見亂兒呱岸上. 自知難脫赴滄浪. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　倭寇由來性不仁. 那知烈婦行眞純. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　灘聲千載猶悲咽. 到此無人不愴神.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student Translation : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A devoted wife enters the river&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The devoted wife, a person of Kyŏngsan, was chinsa&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Pae Jungsŏn's daughter. She had already passed the age of 15&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and got married to I Donggyu of a literati family. She was good at managing internal matters. In the Kyŏngshin year of Hongmu's reign&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Japanese pirates were oppressing Kyŏngsan. They surrounded the place and caused troubles. [There was] nobody who would dare to resist. Donggyu, at the time, went to Happ'o to commander's headquarters [but] did not come back. The bandits' cavalry suddenly entered the town [where] the devoted wife was living. The devoted wife embraced a baby she was breastfeeding and ran away. The bandits chased after her until the river. The river water was just then increasing. The devoted wife figured that she could not escape. She put the baby down on the riverbank and running entered the river. The bandits draw bows and with all strength directed arrows, targeted her and said: &amp;quot;You, come [here], if not you will die.&amp;quot; The devoted wife turned around and looked at the bandits, [while] scolding [them] she said: &amp;quot;Why don't you kill me quickly? How could I be blemished by [those who are] the bandits?&amp;quot; The bandits shot the arrows and hit [her] shoulder. They shot again and hit [her] again. Thereupon she died inside the river. Ch'eboksa&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Chojun sent the matter up and a banner was displayed at the gate of the town. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 進士 - literally meaning is 'an advanced scholar', in the Chosǒn period it was a scholar who has only passed the first examination for office.&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 笄 - a large pin for holding hair, girls began to wear this pin when they were at the age of 15.&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 洪武庚申 - should mean the 57th year of the emperor Hongmu(ch. Hongwu)'s reign(1368 - 1398). However, this is a year of the reign of his son Yǒngnak (ch. Yongle; 1402 - 1424) who usurped the throne from his nephew and dated the first year of his reign as the '35th year of Hogmu's reign (洪武三十五年)'. Thus 洪武庚申 is 1424.&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; 體覆使 - an official who received an order from the king and had to go to provinces to investigate crimes connected to the military affairs.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E4%BC%8E%E5%88%A9%E6%AA%80&amp;diff=13688</id>
		<title>(Translation) 伎利檀</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E4%BC%8E%E5%88%A9%E6%AA%80&amp;diff=13688"/>
				<updated>2018-07-10T11:04:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student Translation : Jelena Gledić */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Primary Source Document3&lt;br /&gt;
|Image = 기리단.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|English = &lt;br /&gt;
|Chinese = &lt;br /&gt;
|Korean = &lt;br /&gt;
|Genre = &lt;br /&gt;
|Type = &lt;br /&gt;
|Author = &lt;br /&gt;
|Year = &lt;br /&gt;
|Key Concepts= &lt;br /&gt;
|Translator = [[2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate)#Participants | Participants of 2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate Training Group)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Editor = &lt;br /&gt;
|Translation Year = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{둥근 모서리2&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
天竺之西，有歐羅巴，歐羅巴者，方言大西也。其國有一道曰伎利檀，方言事天也。其道非儒非釋非仙，別立一端，凡處心行事，不違於天，而列國各盡天尊之象，奉而事之，排老釋及我教如仇敵。至如我多所稱述，而大本懸絕，至於佛教深排輪迴之說，而以天堂地獄為有。其俗不尚婚娶，擇平生不近女色者，為之君長，號教化皇。繼天主頒教諭世，無有襲嗣，擇賢而立，無私家，惟公是務。又無子，惟兆民是子。其書若如回回，以左為上，而此則横書作行。其士重朋友之交，多精天文星象。《於于野談》&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student Translation : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
West of India, there is Yulopa. Yulopa means the Far West&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;From the perspective of the author's culture, the West was India, and everything beyond that was considered the Far West.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; in the local language. This country has a practice called Kiridan, which means to serve heaven in the local language. This practice is not Confucianism, it is not Buddhism, and it is not Daoism. It is separately established on a different base. In general, they govern their minds and handle matters without disobeying heaven, and the various countries’ different images depicting God are respected and served. Lao Zi, Buddhism, and our teaching&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;This refers to Confucianism. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; are expelled as enemies. Regarding what is mostly conveyed in our practice, the core is greatly different. As for Buddhism, they deeply oppose the concept of transmigration and consider there is a heaven and a hell. Their customs do not value marriage and they choose one who has never been close to women’s charms in his life and make him their leader, called the emperor of edification. Conveying God, they spread their teaching and edify the world. There is no hereditary succession, they choose the wise and ordain them. They have no personal families, only the public is their responsibility. Also, they have no sons, only the people are their children. Their books are like those of the Hui people&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;This refers to the Uighur and Hui people, who are different from the local majority population.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, the left is the beginning and the rule is to write horizontally. Their scholars lay emphasis on friendly relations. They are knowledgeable about celestial patterns. “Ŏu yadam”      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ I was not sure about transcribing the Chinese characters into Korean (Yulopa)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Petra) 歐羅巴 is read like 구라파, so in M.-R. romanization it's Kurap'a (for the Korean romanization I like this http://roman.cs.pusan.ac.kr/input_eng.aspx page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+ In the text we have 天尊 and 天主 which can both be seen as God or spirit or the main holy entity of the doctrine, so I am not too happy using the same word in English to translate them (and I don't know if it is even correct), and I also want to avoid overly lengthy footnotes (although they might be necessary for this kind of text); also, if there was no concept of God before Christianity in Korea, is it appropriate to translate it using that word?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+ I intentionally translated 我 as plural (Our) because I assumed the author is describing this strange practice to his own people&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Petra) I like the 我 as 'our' in this text, it suits it better than just 'my'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+ Similar to the question of God, I was not sure if 教化皇 can maybe be translated as Pope, since this was a foreign concept, or is it better to translate it by description?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Petra) I would probably like better translating it by description and mentioning the meaning 'pope' down in a footnote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E4%BC%8E%E5%88%A9%E6%AA%80&amp;diff=13686</id>
		<title>(Translation) 伎利檀</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E4%BC%8E%E5%88%A9%E6%AA%80&amp;diff=13686"/>
				<updated>2018-07-10T10:56:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student Translation : Jelena Gledić */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Primary Source Document3&lt;br /&gt;
|Image = 기리단.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|English = &lt;br /&gt;
|Chinese = &lt;br /&gt;
|Korean = &lt;br /&gt;
|Genre = &lt;br /&gt;
|Type = &lt;br /&gt;
|Author = &lt;br /&gt;
|Year = &lt;br /&gt;
|Key Concepts= &lt;br /&gt;
|Translator = [[2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate)#Participants | Participants of 2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate Training Group)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Editor = &lt;br /&gt;
|Translation Year = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{둥근 모서리2&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
天竺之西，有歐羅巴，歐羅巴者，方言大西也。其國有一道曰伎利檀，方言事天也。其道非儒非釋非仙，別立一端，凡處心行事，不違於天，而列國各盡天尊之象，奉而事之，排老釋及我教如仇敵。至如我多所稱述，而大本懸絕，至於佛教深排輪迴之說，而以天堂地獄為有。其俗不尚婚娶，擇平生不近女色者，為之君長，號教化皇。繼天主頒教諭世，無有襲嗣，擇賢而立，無私家，惟公是務。又無子，惟兆民是子。其書若如回回，以左為上，而此則横書作行。其士重朋友之交，多精天文星象。《於于野談》&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student Translation : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
West of India, there is Yulopa. Yulopa means the Far West&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;From the perspective of the author's culture, the West was India, and everything beyond that was considered the Far West.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; in the local language. This country has a practice called Kiridan, which means to serve heaven in the local language. This practice is not Confucianism, it is not Buddhism, and it is not Daoism. It is separately established on a different base. In general, they govern their minds and handle matters without disobeying heaven, and the various countries’ different images depicting God are respected and served. Lao Zi, Buddhism, and our teaching&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;This refers to Confucianism. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; are expelled as enemies. Regarding what is mostly conveyed in our practice, the core is greatly different. As for Buddhism, they deeply oppose the concept of transmigration and consider there is a heaven and a hell. Their customs do not value marriage and they choose one who has never been close to women’s charms in his life and make him their leader, called the emperor of edification. Conveying God, they spread their teaching and edify the world. There is no hereditary succession, they choose the wise and ordain them. They have no personal families, only the public is their responsibility. Also, they have no sons, only the people are their children. Their books are like those of the Hui people&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;This refers to the Uighur and Hui people, who are different from the local majority population.  &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, the left is the beginning and the rule is to write horizontally. Their scholars lay emphasis on friendly relations. They are knowledgeable about celestial patterns. “Ŏu yadam”      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ I was not sure about transcribing the Chinese characters into Korean (Yulopa)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Petra) 歐羅巴 is read like 구라파, so in M.-R. romanization it's Kurap'a (for the Korean romanization I like this http://roman.cs.pusan.ac.kr/input_eng.aspx page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+ In the text we have 天尊 and 天主 which can both be seen as God or spirit or the main holy entity of the doctrine, so I am not too happy using the same word in English to translate them (and I don't know if it is even correct), and I also want to avoid overly lengthy footnotes (although they might be necessary for this kind of text); also, if there was no concept of God before Christianity in Korea, is it appropriate to translate it using that word?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+ I intentionally translated 我 as plural (Our) because I assumed the author is describing this strange practice to his own people&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+ Similar to the question of God, I was not sure if 教化皇 can maybe be translated as Pope, since this was a foreign concept, or is it better to translate it by description?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_09_-_13&amp;diff=13684</id>
		<title>2018 童蒙先習 09 - 13</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_09_-_13&amp;diff=13684"/>
				<updated>2018-07-10T10:43:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Passage 9 : Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 童蒙先習 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
  9. 苟或君而不能盡君道하며 臣而不能修臣職이면 不可與共治天下國家也니라 雖然이나 吾君不能을 謂之賊이니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 만약 혹시라도 임금이면서 임금의 도리를 다하지 못하며 신하이면서 신하의 도리를 다하지 못하면 함께 천하 국가를 다스릴 수 없다. 비록 그렇지만 우리 임금은 훌륭한 정치를 베풀 수 없다고 말하는 이를 임금을 해치는 자라고 하니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 10. 昔者에 商紂暴虐이어늘 比干이 諫而死하니 忠臣之節이 於斯盡矣로다 孔子曰 臣事君以忠이라하시니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 옛적에 商나라 임금 紂가 포학한 짓을 하자 比干이 간하다가 목숨을 잃었으니 충신의 절개가 여기서 극진했다. 공자께서는 신하는 임금을 忠으로 섬겨야 한다고 하셨다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''::夫婦有別::'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 11. 夫婦는 二姓之合이라 生民之始며 萬福之原이니 行媒議婚하며 納幣親迎者는 厚其別也라 是故로 娶妻하되 不娶同姓하며 爲宮室하되 辨內外하여 男子는 居外而不言內하고 婦人은 居內而不言外하나니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 남편과 아내는 두 성이 합한 관계이다. 백성들이 태어난 시초이며 모든 복의 근원이니 중매를 시행하여 혼인을 의논하며 폐백을 들이고 친히 맞이하는 것은 그 區別을 두터이하기 위한 것이다. 그러므로 아내를 맞아 들이되 같은 姓은 취하지 않으며, 집을 짓되 안과 밖을 구별하여 남자는 밖에 거처하여 안의 일에 대해 말하지 않고, 부인은 안에 거처하여 밖의 일에 대해서는 말하지 않는다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 12. 苟能莊以涖之하여 以體乾健之道하고 柔以正之하여 以承坤順之義면 則家道正矣어니와 反是而夫不能專制하여 御之不以其道하고 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 13. 婦乘其夫하여 事之不以其義하여 昧三從之道하고 有七去之惡이면 則家道索(삭)矣리라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 만일 &amp;lt;남편이&amp;gt; 씩씩함으로써 대하여 하늘의 굳건한 도리를 體行하고 &amp;lt;아내는&amp;gt; 부드러움으로써 바로잡아 땅이 하늘에 순종하는 도리를 받든다면 집안의 도리가 바로 서게 될 것이다. 만약 이와 반대로 남편이 아내를 마음대로 제어하지 못하여 올바른 도리로 다스리지 못하고, 아내가 남편의 약점을 틈 타 올바른 도리로 섬기지 않아서 三從의 도리를 알지 못하고 七去에 해당하는 악행이 있으면 집안의 법도가 무너질 것이다.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 9 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
苟或君而不能盡君道하며 臣而不能修臣職이면 不可與共治天下國家也니라 雖然이나 吾君不能을 謂之賊이니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indeed perhaps being a ruler but not be able to exhaust the way of the ruler, being a subject but not be able to carry out the responsibility of the subject [then it is] not possible '''to join together in ruling the family, the state, and all under the Heaven'''. Nevertheless, saying [that] my ruler is not able [to do this] is called treacherous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ For &amp;quot;天下國家&amp;quot; part I found a reference to Mencius (孟子曰：「人有恆言，皆曰『天下國家』。) in which this part is translated as  &amp;quot;The kingdom, the State, the family.&amp;quot;. Would this translation be also possible for this text?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Yes, thus &amp;quot; join together in ruling the family, the state, and all under the Heaven.&amp;quot; The reference we mentioned in class was the ''Great Learning'' 大學 for its line &amp;quot;修身齊家治國平天下&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 10 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
昔者에 商紂暴虐이어늘 比干이 諫而死하니 忠臣之節이 於斯盡矣로다 孔子曰 臣事君以忠이라하시니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the past, in the state of Shang&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, [there was] king Zhou&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [who was] fierce and cruel. Bi Gan remonstrated against [his doings] and died. The moral integrity of the loyal subject reached to this [point]. Confucius said: &amp;quot;The subject [must] serve the ruler with loyalty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Shang state (dynasty): 1600 BC - 1046 BC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; King Zhou, also known as Di Xin (1105 BC - 1046 BC), according to Sima Qian was a very capable and quick-witted king in the early years of his reign but in his late years, he preferred drinking and women over morals and ruling the state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 11 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 12 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 13 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E8%AB%A7%E8%AC%94&amp;diff=13501</id>
		<title>(Translation) 諧謔</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E8%AB%A7%E8%AC%94&amp;diff=13501"/>
				<updated>2018-07-09T14:42:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student Translation : (Kyrie) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Primary Source Document3&lt;br /&gt;
|Image = 해학.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
|English = Witty stories&lt;br /&gt;
|Chinese = 諧謔(Witty stories)&lt;br /&gt;
|Korean = 해학&lt;br /&gt;
|Genre = &lt;br /&gt;
|Type = &lt;br /&gt;
|Author = ''Yi Su-gwang'' 李睟光 (''Chibong yusŏl'' 芝峯類說)&lt;br /&gt;
|Year = &lt;br /&gt;
|Key Concepts= &lt;br /&gt;
|Translator = [[2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate)#Participants | Participants of 2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate Training Group)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Editor = &lt;br /&gt;
|Translation Year = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
파일:해학2.JPG|* 諧謔 (해학, Witty stories)(2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{둥근 모서리2&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
昔劉伯龍歷位九卿。貧窶尤甚。將營什一之方。有鬼在傍大笑。又貧人辨得隻瓮。夜宿瓮中。心計曰此瓮賣之。可辦二瓮。自二瓮化而爲四。其利無窮。遂喜而舞。不覺瓮破云。以此觀之。凡人貧富得失。皆有定分。不可以妄求者也。&lt;br /&gt;
-昔有一將官畏妻者。以爲天下之貞男。莫我若也。欲試諸人。乃植靑白兩旗於庭。令曰。貞男者赴靑旗。非貞男者赴白旗。於是軍中或左或右。有一卒獨中立不動。怪而問之。對曰。卒妻甞戒卒曰。男子眾會。則必談及女色。愼無往云。故不敢違耳。將官乃下庭。挽而上座曰。今日之事。爾爲將矣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-有士人畜一妻一妾而摘白鬚者。妾拔白唯謹。而妻惡其欲媚於妾也。去其黑者。一朝白黑俱盡。儼一老婆。經歲不敢出焉。 《芝峯類說.卷十六》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student Translation : (Kyrie)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
In the past, Yu Paekyong &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Since the author of this text was Korean, I have used the Korean pronunciation for the names that appear. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; successively served as each of the nine ministers. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; These were the nine high government officials in the royal court who followed the Three Excellencies in rank. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; He was extremely poor. He was going to operate (a business) as a way to get one tenth. There was a ghost close by who laughed heartily. It is said that a poor man owned one jar. At night he slept inside the jar. In his mind he calculated and said: &amp;quot;If I sell it I can get two jars. Certainly the two jars can transform and become four jars. Its profits will be endless.&amp;quot; Therefore he was happy and danced. Without realising what he did the jar broke. Considering this, in general people's poverty and wealth, and acquisitions and loses all have their fixed share and are things which cannot be recklessly pursued. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once their was a general who feared his wife. He thought, &amp;quot;Of the faithful men in the world, no one is like me.&amp;quot; He wanted to test it among other people. Therefore he set up two flags, blue and white, in the courtyard. He gave an order saying, &amp;quot;Those men who are faithful, go to the blue flag. Those men who are not faithful, go to the white flag.&amp;quot; At this, among the soldiers some went left and some went right. There was one soldier who stood alone in the middle and did not move. The General thought it strange and asked him. The soldier replied and said: &amp;quot;My wife once warned me and said: 'If a crowd of men gather then the talk will necessarily reach the topic of women. Be careful that you don't go there.' For this reason I do not dare to disobey, and that's why.&amp;quot; The General thereby went down to the courtyard. He pulled the soldier to the upper seat and said: &amp;quot;In regards to today's matter, you become the General.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once there was a literati who kept one wife and one concubine and he had them pluck his white hair. The concubine carefully plucked only the white ones, but the wife hated that he wanted to charm the concubine. So she removed the hairs that were black. In one morning the black and white hairs were all gone. He looked like an old granny. For an entire year he was brave enough to go out of there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+In class we translated 將營什一之方 as &amp;quot;He was about to run a business that would bring him a 1/10 margin,&amp;quot; but when I look at the characters I cannot find anything referring to a business or to what the 1/10 refers. Is this all understood from the meaning of 營?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Petra) 營 reffers to 'to run a business', 什一 refers to the '1/10' - 什's meaning is the same as of 十.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Julian] Just an aside—I think it's &amp;quot;''not'' brave enough to go outside&amp;quot; here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E6%83%A0%E9%80%9A%E5%87%BA%E5%AE%B6&amp;diff=13499</id>
		<title>(Translation) 惠通出家</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E6%83%A0%E9%80%9A%E5%87%BA%E5%AE%B6&amp;diff=13499"/>
				<updated>2018-07-09T14:38:43Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Primary Source Document3&lt;br /&gt;
|Image = 혜통출가.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|English = &lt;br /&gt;
|Chinese = &lt;br /&gt;
|Korean = &lt;br /&gt;
|Genre = &lt;br /&gt;
|Type = &lt;br /&gt;
|Author = &lt;br /&gt;
|Year = &lt;br /&gt;
|Key Concepts= &lt;br /&gt;
|Translator = [[2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate)#Participants | Participants of 2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate Training Group)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Editor = &lt;br /&gt;
|Translation Year = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{둥근 모서리2&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
釋恵通氏族未詳, 白衣之時家在南山西麓銀川洞之口. 一日逰舎東溪上, 捕一獺屠之弃骨園中. 詰旦亡其骨跡血尋之, 骨還舊穴抱五兒而蹲. 郎望見驚異久之. 感嘆蹰躇便弃俗出家易名恵通. 《三國遺事》&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Monk Hyet'ong's family background is not known yet [but] when he was still a commoner his house '''was at the western foot of Mount Namsan, near the entrance to Ŭnch'ŏndong.''' One day, he was roaming around and stayed above the east valley. [There] he caught one other, killed it and discarded [its] bones in the yard. Next morning, he lost the bones [but] he traced the blood to find it, the bones had returned to the old cave and were embracing five younglings, and [he] crouched down. He was gazing at it and was astonished for a long time. He was touched, sighed, hesitated [and then] immediately he discarded [his] secular life, became a monk&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and changed his name to Hyet'ong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; '出家' literally means 'to leave home' but in this context it has the meaning of 'becoming a Buddhist monk or nun'.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ I'm not very sure about the translation of &amp;quot;家在南山西麓銀川洞之口&amp;quot;part. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(JG) In my notes, I had it as something like: &amp;quot;his house was at the western foot of Mount Namsan, near the entrance to Ŭnch'ŏn district&amp;quot; (Petra) That would make more sense, thank you!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_11_-_15&amp;diff=13497</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 11 - 15</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_11_-_15&amp;diff=13497"/>
				<updated>2018-07-09T14:32:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Sentence 12: (Julian Butterfield) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
11. 雷&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 陰陽相搏而成雷聲動以爲天皇之威&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*相 V: V each other&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*以為 N/C: regard as N / think that C&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. 霜	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 秋冬之間天氣上昇地氣下降霜乃降肅殺萬物使草木黃落.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N1 N2 之間: between N1 and N2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*乃 C: so/then/namely C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*使 N V: make N V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. 春&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 春之爲時也日暖風和草木化生百花爭發農夫耕田&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 之 VP: for N to VP &amp;gt; the way that N VP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. 夏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 夏之爲時也日永風薰草木長茂農人耘秄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 也: pause marker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. 秋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 夏盡秋來凉風至霜露降草木黃落百穀用成農人收穫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*NN (Noun Compound)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*VV (Verb Compound)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 11 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
''Yin'' and ''yang'' grapple and result in a thunderous sound; people take its movements to be the Heavenly Sovereign's majesty.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;This probably refers to the first of the &amp;quot;Three Sovereigns and Five Emperors&amp;quot; (三皇五帝) laid out in the Shi ji 史記 and Yiwen leiju 藝文類聚.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
# Is it typical for Chinese authors to describe thunder (and especially its sound) in terms of movement (動)? Does this word have a more appropriate English gloss in this context (one that might work more elegantly with 威, for example)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 12: (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Between autumn and winter, the ''qi'' of heaven rises up while the earth's ''qi'' draws downward: frost then drops desolation upon the myriad things, causing vegetation to wither and droop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
# Does 秋冬之間 indicate the time ''between'' the seasons, or the space of the two seasons as a whole?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Petra) I would say that it is the time of transition between the two seasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# What are some possible disadvantages of not translating ''qi''/''ki''? Is there a preferable English option?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence  13 : (Kathy Lin)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Spring&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The season of spring: the days are warm and the winds mild.  The grasses and trees are changed into life. A hundred flowers vie, blooming. A farmer plows the field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ There being no singular or plural differentiation in hanmun makes a difference in the effect of the last line with 农夫. I chose to zoom in close on one farmer in the singular versus generic farmers in the plural - inspiration in part from William Carlos Williams - but this would be been left ambiguous in the Chinese - perhaps fruitfully, or perhaps fuzzily, without a deliberate microcosmic look on the level of the person singular. What would you have chosen here / why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 14 : (Kathy Lin)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Summer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The season of summer: long days, a fragrant breeze. The grasses and trees grow out in profusion. The farmer weeds and tills. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ A variation of the question posted above in Hagojip 13, regarding farmer in the singular vs. plural. In the singular in English, we further have the choice of *a* farmer vs. *the* farmer. Again the English language offers possibilities for precision here not possible in the native Chinese and hence, opportunities (a choice in fact must be made) for creation. What would you choose/why? (Noting that if we had more context or story, that would possibly decide the matter for us)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 15 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
When summer ends and the autumn comes the cool wind arrives and frost and dew come down. Plants and trees turn yellow and fall off and all the crops are about to be harvest by farmers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_16_-_20&amp;diff=13491</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 16 - 20</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_16_-_20&amp;diff=13491"/>
				<updated>2018-07-09T14:12:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Sentence 16 : (Althea Volpe) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
16. 冬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 秋盡冬來北風起白雪下民乃取茅乘屋堇戶入奧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. 四時&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 一歲有四時正月二月三月爲春四月五月六月爲夏七月八月九月爲秋十月十一月十二月爲冬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Time words: 歲, 年, 時&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. 人&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 萬物之中惟人最靈稟受五氣以爲性故皆善&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 之中: among N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*最 A: the most A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*故: (for that) reason, therefore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. 父母&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 父兮生我母兮育我父猶天也母猶地也欲報之德昊天罔極&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*兮: pause marker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*猶 N: (be) like　　　　　　　　　 cf) 猶 V: still/yet V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*欲 V: want to V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. 子	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 人子之職惟孝爲大養之以禮斯爲孝矣瞻彼林烏亦知反哺可以人而不如鳥乎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*惟-: only, solely (sentential particle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*V 以 N: V with N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-矣: have pp. (sentential particle indicating change of state)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 16 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
When autumn ends winter arrives and the wind of the north raises. White snow falls down. People then collect rushes and cover their houses, repair the door and go into the southern corner of the house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
+ After the first part, the rest is supposed to be one sentence. How would we make that seen?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) Since there is no punctuation in the original, I think that it should be okay to make several shorter sentences if that makes the meaning easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Petra) I agree with Kyrie, I think that the most important thing when translating texts like these is to make them understandable as much as possible so it should be okay to divide the sentence like you did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 17 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A year has four seasons: first, second and third months are spring; fourth, fifth and sixth months are summer; seventh, eighth and ninth months are autumn, while tenth, eleventh and twelfth months are winter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 18 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Among ten thousand things, only people are most endowed with spirit. They are imparted with and receive five vital forces, which become their nature. For this reason, all is good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ I understood 靈 here as a spiritual endowment as a way of covering its sense of both efficacy and spirit or soul, and also to relate it more clearly to the following sentence. Does this seem like too much of a stretch?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(YO) I think it works, but I think the last part &amp;quot;故皆善&amp;quot; should mean that all human beings are (morally) good—because they all are endowed with the five forces as their nature.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
+ In this theory of human nature, where do the 五氣 come from?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(YO) The theories of ''yin'' - ''yang'' and of Five Elements/Forces came from separate origins, but I think in the way they are integrated in later common Confucian theory of human nature they were combinations of ''yin'' and ''yang'', which are fundamentally ''qi'' 氣. As we know, the Confucian ontology reduces all beings to ''li'' 理 and ''qi'', and whether they are two or one is of a long series of debates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 19 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Father gave life to me, mother raised me. Father is like the sky, mother is like the earth. I wish to repay their virtue, limitless as the western sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ Is the speaker repaying the parents' 德, or repaying them ''with'' 德?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(YO) I think it is their (parent's) ''tŏk'', and thus it is their ''ŭndŏk'' 恩德.&lt;br /&gt;
+ Is the it the virtue or the wish to repay the virtue which is limitless?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(YO) I think it is their virtue that is limitless, which therefore we cannot possibly repay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 20 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The duty of human children is only to be greatly filial, behaving properly to those that raised them. This is filial piety. The crows in the forest also know to reverse who feeds whom. Can one be a human being and not be like the birds?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ Which character is missing between 矣 and 彼? I can't find it in my notes.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- It was ''ch'ŏm'' 瞻 'to look at'.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
+ Is there a way of translating 反哺 into English that clearly communicates the reversal of feeding roles without bringing in more English words?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) I can't think of a way to say it simply. In this case I think the reverse, that more words are necessary to convey the meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_16_-_20&amp;diff=13490</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 16 - 20</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_16_-_20&amp;diff=13490"/>
				<updated>2018-07-09T14:12:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Sentence 16 : (Althea Volpe) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
16. 冬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 秋盡冬來北風起白雪下民乃取茅乘屋堇戶入奧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. 四時&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 一歲有四時正月二月三月爲春四月五月六月爲夏七月八月九月爲秋十月十一月十二月爲冬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Time words: 歲, 年, 時&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. 人&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 萬物之中惟人最靈稟受五氣以爲性故皆善&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 之中: among N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*最 A: the most A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*故: (for that) reason, therefore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. 父母&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 父兮生我母兮育我父猶天也母猶地也欲報之德昊天罔極&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*兮: pause marker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*猶 N: (be) like　　　　　　　　　 cf) 猶 V: still/yet V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*欲 V: want to V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. 子	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 人子之職惟孝爲大養之以禮斯爲孝矣瞻彼林烏亦知反哺可以人而不如鳥乎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*惟-: only, solely (sentential particle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*V 以 N: V with N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*-矣: have pp. (sentential particle indicating change of state)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 16 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
When autumn ends winter arrives and the wind of the north raises. White snow falls down. People then collect rushes and cover their houses, repair the door and go into the southern corner of the house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
+ After the first part, the rest is supposed to be one sentence. How would we make that seen?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) Since there is no punctuation in the original, I think that it should be okay to make several shorter sentences if that makes the meaning easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
(Petra) I agree with Kyrie, I think that the most important thing when translating texts like these is to make them understandable as much as possible so it should be okay to divide the sentence like you did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 17 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
A year has four seasons: first, second and third months are spring; fourth, fifth and sixth months are summer; seventh, eighth and ninth months are autumn, while tenth, eleventh and twelfth months are winter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 18 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Among ten thousand things, only people are most endowed with spirit. They are imparted with and receive five vital forces, which become their nature. For this reason, all is good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ I understood 靈 here as a spiritual endowment as a way of covering its sense of both efficacy and spirit or soul, and also to relate it more clearly to the following sentence. Does this seem like too much of a stretch?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(YO) I think it works, but I think the last part &amp;quot;故皆善&amp;quot; should mean that all human beings are (morally) good—because they all are endowed with the five forces as their nature.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
+ In this theory of human nature, where do the 五氣 come from?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(YO) The theories of ''yin'' - ''yang'' and of Five Elements/Forces came from separate origins, but I think in the way they are integrated in later common Confucian theory of human nature they were combinations of ''yin'' and ''yang'', which are fundamentally ''qi'' 氣. As we know, the Confucian ontology reduces all beings to ''li'' 理 and ''qi'', and whether they are two or one is of a long series of debates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 19 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Father gave life to me, mother raised me. Father is like the sky, mother is like the earth. I wish to repay their virtue, limitless as the western sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ Is the speaker repaying the parents' 德, or repaying them ''with'' 德?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(YO) I think it is their (parent's) ''tŏk'', and thus it is their ''ŭndŏk'' 恩德.&lt;br /&gt;
+ Is the it the virtue or the wish to repay the virtue which is limitless?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(YO) I think it is their virtue that is limitless, which therefore we cannot possibly repay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 20 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The duty of human children is only to be greatly filial, behaving properly to those that raised them. This is filial piety. The crows in the forest also know to reverse who feeds whom. Can one be a human being and not be like the birds?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ Which character is missing between 矣 and 彼? I can't find it in my notes.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- It was ''ch'ŏm'' 瞻 'to look at'.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
+ Is there a way of translating 反哺 into English that clearly communicates the reversal of feeding roles without bringing in more English words?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) I can't think of a way to say it simply. In this case I think the reverse, that more words are necessary to convey the meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_21_-_25&amp;diff=13489</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 21 - 25</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_21_-_25&amp;diff=13489"/>
				<updated>2018-07-09T14:10:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student 4: Kathy Lin */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
21. 兄弟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 長曰兄季曰弟比之木則同根也比之雁則同行也兄弟之情友愛而&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*比 N: compare, liken N &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*曰 N: be said to be/called N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*C 而已: It is just that C (sentential particle)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22. 君臣&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 君臣之間以義合者也君視臣如手足臣視君如元首爲臣之道忠良而已&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*視 N1 如 N2: see N1 as N2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*VP 之道: the way to VP &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23. 師	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 敎我者爲師非師無以學問是故古之學者尊師君父&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*非 N: be not N / if it weren’t for N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*無以 V: cannot/be no way to V &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*V 如 N: V like N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24. 文學&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 人而不學不知道理無異禽獸故聖人乃制文學以敎人使知三綱五倫孝悌禮義廉恥之道&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*異(乎)N: be different from N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*使 (N) V: have/let N V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
25. 讀書&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 讀書之時一其心志勿思雜慮敬對方冊日夜勤讀眼慣口熟自可渙然也&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*勿 V: do not V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*可 V: can / be allowed to V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*自 V: V by/in/of oneself　　　　　　　cf) 自 N: from N&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''(sample) : Young Kyun Oh'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 1 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The senior is called older brother, the junior is called younger brother. Likened to trees, they share the same root; likened to geese, they go in line with each other. The affection between older and younger is fraternal and loving, just so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
# Does my translation of 長曰兄季曰弟 work around the repetition of English words sufficiently? I was trying to avoid reusing &amp;quot;older&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;younger&amp;quot; here.&lt;br /&gt;
# Have I expanded 行 too much in translation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 2 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The space between ruler and subject is that which is closed with righteousness. The ruler sees subjects as hands and feet, subjects see the ruler as the head. The way of serving as subject is loyalty and goodness, just so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
# Is the image of the state as a single human body typical in Confucian texts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kathy's comment: the image of space closing doesn't quite seem to capture a sense of &amp;quot;fitting.&amp;quot; What about something like &amp;quot;The relation between ruler and subject is fitting because of righteousness&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 3 : Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Hagojip 23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teacher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The one who teaches me is my teacher. Without a teacher, there is no way to attain learning. For this reason, the scholars of old all venerated teachers like they did rulers and fathers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 4: Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Hagojip 24 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learnedness &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People who are not learned do not know the ways and patterns of things, and are not far from the birds and the beasts. For this reason the sages formulated systems of learning by which to teach people, to educate them on the three relations and five principles, and to instruct them on the ways of filiality and fraternity, propriety and righteousness, and on a sense of honor and shame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Footnote 1: The three relations are relations between ruler and subject, father and son, and husband and wife. The five virtues are benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom, and fidelity. Reference Hanyu Daci Dian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+What was the way to insert footnotes again? &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; something...?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Petra) you can use &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (or use any other number in between) right next to the word and then write it down again like this&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. (have to look in the editing page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; footnotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 5 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 6 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 7 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 8 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 9 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 10 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 11 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 12 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 13 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 14 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_21_-_25&amp;diff=13488</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 21 - 25</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_21_-_25&amp;diff=13488"/>
				<updated>2018-07-09T14:09:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student 4: Kathy Lin */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
21. 兄弟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 長曰兄季曰弟比之木則同根也比之雁則同行也兄弟之情友愛而&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*比 N: compare, liken N &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*曰 N: be said to be/called N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*C 而已: It is just that C (sentential particle)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22. 君臣&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 君臣之間以義合者也君視臣如手足臣視君如元首爲臣之道忠良而已&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*視 N1 如 N2: see N1 as N2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*VP 之道: the way to VP &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23. 師	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 敎我者爲師非師無以學問是故古之學者尊師君父&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*非 N: be not N / if it weren’t for N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*無以 V: cannot/be no way to V &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*V 如 N: V like N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24. 文學&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 人而不學不知道理無異禽獸故聖人乃制文學以敎人使知三綱五倫孝悌禮義廉恥之道&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*異(乎)N: be different from N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*使 (N) V: have/let N V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
25. 讀書&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 讀書之時一其心志勿思雜慮敬對方冊日夜勤讀眼慣口熟自可渙然也&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*勿 V: do not V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*可 V: can / be allowed to V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*自 V: V by/in/of oneself　　　　　　　cf) 自 N: from N&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''(sample) : Young Kyun Oh'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 1 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The senior is called older brother, the junior is called younger brother. Likened to trees, they share the same root; likened to geese, they go in line with each other. The affection between older and younger is fraternal and loving, just so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
# Does my translation of 長曰兄季曰弟 work around the repetition of English words sufficiently? I was trying to avoid reusing &amp;quot;older&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;younger&amp;quot; here.&lt;br /&gt;
# Have I expanded 行 too much in translation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 2 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The space between ruler and subject is that which is closed with righteousness. The ruler sees subjects as hands and feet, subjects see the ruler as the head. The way of serving as subject is loyalty and goodness, just so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
# Is the image of the state as a single human body typical in Confucian texts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kathy's comment: the image of space closing doesn't quite seem to capture a sense of &amp;quot;fitting.&amp;quot; What about something like &amp;quot;The relation between ruler and subject is fitting because of righteousness&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 3 : Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Hagojip 23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teacher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The one who teaches me is my teacher. Without a teacher, there is no way to attain learning. For this reason, the scholars of old all venerated teachers like they did rulers and fathers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 4: Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Hagojip 24 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learnedness &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People who are not learned do not know the ways and patterns of things, and are not far from the birds and the beasts. For this reason the sages formulated systems of learning by which to teach people, to educate them on the three relations and five principles, and to instruct them on the ways of filiality and fraternity, propriety and righteousness, and on a sense of honor and shame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Footnote 1: The three relations are relations between ruler and subject, father and son, and husband and wife. The five virtues are benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom, and fidelity. Reference Hanyu Daci Dian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+What was the way to insert footnotes again? &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; something...?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Petra) you can use &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (or use any other number in between) right next to the word and then write it down again like this&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; footnotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 5 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 6 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 7 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 8 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 9 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 10 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 11 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 12 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 13 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 14 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_21_-_25&amp;diff=13487</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 21 - 25</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_21_-_25&amp;diff=13487"/>
				<updated>2018-07-09T14:09:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student 4: Kathy Lin */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
21. 兄弟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 長曰兄季曰弟比之木則同根也比之雁則同行也兄弟之情友愛而&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*比 N: compare, liken N &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*曰 N: be said to be/called N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*C 而已: It is just that C (sentential particle)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22. 君臣&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 君臣之間以義合者也君視臣如手足臣視君如元首爲臣之道忠良而已&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*視 N1 如 N2: see N1 as N2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*VP 之道: the way to VP &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23. 師	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 敎我者爲師非師無以學問是故古之學者尊師君父&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*非 N: be not N / if it weren’t for N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*無以 V: cannot/be no way to V &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*V 如 N: V like N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24. 文學&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 人而不學不知道理無異禽獸故聖人乃制文學以敎人使知三綱五倫孝悌禮義廉恥之道&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*異(乎)N: be different from N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*使 (N) V: have/let N V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
25. 讀書&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 讀書之時一其心志勿思雜慮敬對方冊日夜勤讀眼慣口熟自可渙然也&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*勿 V: do not V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*可 V: can / be allowed to V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*自 V: V by/in/of oneself　　　　　　　cf) 自 N: from N&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''(sample) : Young Kyun Oh'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 1 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The senior is called older brother, the junior is called younger brother. Likened to trees, they share the same root; likened to geese, they go in line with each other. The affection between older and younger is fraternal and loving, just so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
# Does my translation of 長曰兄季曰弟 work around the repetition of English words sufficiently? I was trying to avoid reusing &amp;quot;older&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;younger&amp;quot; here.&lt;br /&gt;
# Have I expanded 行 too much in translation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 2 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The space between ruler and subject is that which is closed with righteousness. The ruler sees subjects as hands and feet, subjects see the ruler as the head. The way of serving as subject is loyalty and goodness, just so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
# Is the image of the state as a single human body typical in Confucian texts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kathy's comment: the image of space closing doesn't quite seem to capture a sense of &amp;quot;fitting.&amp;quot; What about something like &amp;quot;The relation between ruler and subject is fitting because of righteousness&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 3 : Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Hagojip 23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teacher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The one who teaches me is my teacher. Without a teacher, there is no way to attain learning. For this reason, the scholars of old all venerated teachers like they did rulers and fathers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 4: Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Hagojip 24 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learnedness &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People who are not learned do not know the ways and patterns of things, and are not far from the birds and the beasts. For this reason the sages formulated systems of learning by which to teach people, to educate them on the three relations and five principles, and to instruct them on the ways of filiality and fraternity, propriety and righteousness, and on a sense of honor and shame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Footnote 1: The three relations are relations between ruler and subject, father and son, and husband and wife. The five virtues are benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom, and fidelity. Reference Hanyu Daci Dian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+What was the way to insert footnotes again? &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; something...?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Petra) you can use &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1 (or any other number) &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; right next to the word and then write it down again like this&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; footnotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 5 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 6 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 7 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 8 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 9 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 10 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 11 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 12 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 13 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 14 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_21_-_25&amp;diff=13486</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 21 - 25</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_21_-_25&amp;diff=13486"/>
				<updated>2018-07-09T14:08:59Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student 4: Kathy Lin */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
21. 兄弟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 長曰兄季曰弟比之木則同根也比之雁則同行也兄弟之情友愛而&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*比 N: compare, liken N &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*曰 N: be said to be/called N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*C 而已: It is just that C (sentential particle)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22. 君臣&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 君臣之間以義合者也君視臣如手足臣視君如元首爲臣之道忠良而已&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*視 N1 如 N2: see N1 as N2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*VP 之道: the way to VP &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23. 師	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 敎我者爲師非師無以學問是故古之學者尊師君父&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*非 N: be not N / if it weren’t for N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*無以 V: cannot/be no way to V &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*V 如 N: V like N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24. 文學&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 人而不學不知道理無異禽獸故聖人乃制文學以敎人使知三綱五倫孝悌禮義廉恥之道&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*異(乎)N: be different from N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*使 (N) V: have/let N V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
25. 讀書&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 讀書之時一其心志勿思雜慮敬對方冊日夜勤讀眼慣口熟自可渙然也&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*勿 V: do not V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*可 V: can / be allowed to V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*自 V: V by/in/of oneself　　　　　　　cf) 自 N: from N&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''(sample) : Young Kyun Oh'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 1 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The senior is called older brother, the junior is called younger brother. Likened to trees, they share the same root; likened to geese, they go in line with each other. The affection between older and younger is fraternal and loving, just so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
# Does my translation of 長曰兄季曰弟 work around the repetition of English words sufficiently? I was trying to avoid reusing &amp;quot;older&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;younger&amp;quot; here.&lt;br /&gt;
# Have I expanded 行 too much in translation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 2 : (Julian Butterfield)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The space between ruler and subject is that which is closed with righteousness. The ruler sees subjects as hands and feet, subjects see the ruler as the head. The way of serving as subject is loyalty and goodness, just so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
# Is the image of the state as a single human body typical in Confucian texts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kathy's comment: the image of space closing doesn't quite seem to capture a sense of &amp;quot;fitting.&amp;quot; What about something like &amp;quot;The relation between ruler and subject is fitting because of righteousness&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 3 : Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Hagojip 23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teacher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The one who teaches me is my teacher. Without a teacher, there is no way to attain learning. For this reason, the scholars of old all venerated teachers like they did rulers and fathers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 4: Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Hagojip 24 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learnedness &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People who are not learned do not know the ways and patterns of things, and are not far from the birds and the beasts. For this reason the sages formulated systems of learning by which to teach people, to educate them on the three relations and five principles, and to instruct them on the ways of filiality and fraternity, propriety and righteousness, and on a sense of honor and shame.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Footnote 1: The three relations are relations between ruler and subject, father and son, and husband and wife. The five virtues are benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom, and fidelity. Reference Hanyu Daci Dian&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+What was the way to insert footnotes again? &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; something...?&lt;br /&gt;
(Petra) you can use &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1 (or any other number) &amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; right next to the word and then write it down again like this&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; footnotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 5 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 6 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 7 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 8 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 9 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 10 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 11 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 12 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 13 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 14 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_09_-_13&amp;diff=13485</id>
		<title>2018 童蒙先習 09 - 13</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_09_-_13&amp;diff=13485"/>
				<updated>2018-07-09T13:59:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Passage 10 : Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 童蒙先習 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
  9. 苟或君而不能盡君道하며 臣而不能修臣職이면 不可與共治天下國家也니라 雖然이나 吾君不能을 謂之賊이니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 만약 혹시라도 임금이면서 임금의 도리를 다하지 못하며 신하이면서 신하의 도리를 다하지 못하면 함께 천하 국가를 다스릴 수 없다. 비록 그렇지만 우리 임금은 훌륭한 정치를 베풀 수 없다고 말하는 이를 임금을 해치는 자라고 하니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 10. 昔者에 商紂暴虐이어늘 比干이 諫而死하니 忠臣之節이 於斯盡矣로다 孔子曰 臣事君以忠이라하시니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 옛적에 商나라 임금 紂가 포학한 짓을 하자 比干이 간하다가 목숨을 잃었으니 충신의 절개가 여기서 극진했다. 공자께서는 신하는 임금을 忠으로 섬겨야 한다고 하셨다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''::夫婦有別::'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 11. 夫婦는 二姓之合이라 生民之始며 萬福之原이니 行媒議婚하며 納幣親迎者는 厚其別也라 是故로 娶妻하되 不娶同姓하며 爲宮室하되 辨內外하여 男子는 居外而不言內하고 婦人은 居內而不言外하나니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 남편과 아내는 두 성이 합한 관계이다. 백성들이 태어난 시초이며 모든 복의 근원이니 중매를 시행하여 혼인을 의논하며 폐백을 들이고 친히 맞이하는 것은 그 區別을 두터이하기 위한 것이다. 그러므로 아내를 맞아 들이되 같은 姓은 취하지 않으며, 집을 짓되 안과 밖을 구별하여 남자는 밖에 거처하여 안의 일에 대해 말하지 않고, 부인은 안에 거처하여 밖의 일에 대해서는 말하지 않는다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 12. 苟能莊以涖之하여 以體乾健之道하고 柔以正之하여 以承坤順之義면 則家道正矣어니와 反是而夫不能專制하여 御之不以其道하고 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 13. 婦乘其夫하여 事之不以其義하여 昧三從之道하고 有七去之惡이면 則家道索(삭)矣리라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 만일 &amp;lt;남편이&amp;gt; 씩씩함으로써 대하여 하늘의 굳건한 도리를 體行하고 &amp;lt;아내는&amp;gt; 부드러움으로써 바로잡아 땅이 하늘에 순종하는 도리를 받든다면 집안의 도리가 바로 서게 될 것이다. 만약 이와 반대로 남편이 아내를 마음대로 제어하지 못하여 올바른 도리로 다스리지 못하고, 아내가 남편의 약점을 틈 타 올바른 도리로 섬기지 않아서 三從의 도리를 알지 못하고 七去에 해당하는 악행이 있으면 집안의 법도가 무너질 것이다.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 9 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
苟或君而不能盡君道하며 臣而不能修臣職이면 不可與共治天下國家也니라 雖然이나 吾君不能을 謂之賊이니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indeed perhaps being a ruler but not be able to exhaust the way of the ruler, being a subject but not be able to carry out the responsibility of the subject [then it is] not possible to join together the ruling in the states under the Heaven. Nevertheless, saying [that] my ruler is not able [to do this] is called treacherous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ For &amp;quot;天下國家&amp;quot; part I found a reference to Mencius (孟子曰：「人有恆言，皆曰『天下國家』。) in which this part is translated as  &amp;quot;The kingdom, the State, the family.&amp;quot;. Would this translation be also possible for this text?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 10 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
昔者에 商紂暴虐이어늘 比干이 諫而死하니 忠臣之節이 於斯盡矣로다 孔子曰 臣事君以忠이라하시니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the past, in the state of Shang&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, [there was] king Zhou&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [who was] fierce and cruel. Bi Gan remonstrated against [his doings] and died. The moral integrity of the loyal subject reached to this [point]. Confucius said: &amp;quot;The subject [must] serve the ruler with loyalty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Shang state (dynasty): 1600 BC - 1046 BC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; King Zhou, also known as Di Xin (1105 BC - 1046 BC), according to Sima Qian was a very capable and quick-witted king in the early years of his reign but in his late years, he preferred drinking and women over morals and ruling the state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 11 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 12 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 13 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_09_-_13&amp;diff=13484</id>
		<title>2018 童蒙先習 09 - 13</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_09_-_13&amp;diff=13484"/>
				<updated>2018-07-09T13:58:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Passage 10 : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 童蒙先習 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
  9. 苟或君而不能盡君道하며 臣而不能修臣職이면 不可與共治天下國家也니라 雖然이나 吾君不能을 謂之賊이니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 만약 혹시라도 임금이면서 임금의 도리를 다하지 못하며 신하이면서 신하의 도리를 다하지 못하면 함께 천하 국가를 다스릴 수 없다. 비록 그렇지만 우리 임금은 훌륭한 정치를 베풀 수 없다고 말하는 이를 임금을 해치는 자라고 하니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 10. 昔者에 商紂暴虐이어늘 比干이 諫而死하니 忠臣之節이 於斯盡矣로다 孔子曰 臣事君以忠이라하시니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 옛적에 商나라 임금 紂가 포학한 짓을 하자 比干이 간하다가 목숨을 잃었으니 충신의 절개가 여기서 극진했다. 공자께서는 신하는 임금을 忠으로 섬겨야 한다고 하셨다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''::夫婦有別::'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 11. 夫婦는 二姓之合이라 生民之始며 萬福之原이니 行媒議婚하며 納幣親迎者는 厚其別也라 是故로 娶妻하되 不娶同姓하며 爲宮室하되 辨內外하여 男子는 居外而不言內하고 婦人은 居內而不言外하나니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 남편과 아내는 두 성이 합한 관계이다. 백성들이 태어난 시초이며 모든 복의 근원이니 중매를 시행하여 혼인을 의논하며 폐백을 들이고 친히 맞이하는 것은 그 區別을 두터이하기 위한 것이다. 그러므로 아내를 맞아 들이되 같은 姓은 취하지 않으며, 집을 짓되 안과 밖을 구별하여 남자는 밖에 거처하여 안의 일에 대해 말하지 않고, 부인은 안에 거처하여 밖의 일에 대해서는 말하지 않는다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 12. 苟能莊以涖之하여 以體乾健之道하고 柔以正之하여 以承坤順之義면 則家道正矣어니와 反是而夫不能專制하여 御之不以其道하고 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 13. 婦乘其夫하여 事之不以其義하여 昧三從之道하고 有七去之惡이면 則家道索(삭)矣리라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 만일 &amp;lt;남편이&amp;gt; 씩씩함으로써 대하여 하늘의 굳건한 도리를 體行하고 &amp;lt;아내는&amp;gt; 부드러움으로써 바로잡아 땅이 하늘에 순종하는 도리를 받든다면 집안의 도리가 바로 서게 될 것이다. 만약 이와 반대로 남편이 아내를 마음대로 제어하지 못하여 올바른 도리로 다스리지 못하고, 아내가 남편의 약점을 틈 타 올바른 도리로 섬기지 않아서 三從의 도리를 알지 못하고 七去에 해당하는 악행이 있으면 집안의 법도가 무너질 것이다.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 9 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
苟或君而不能盡君道하며 臣而不能修臣職이면 不可與共治天下國家也니라 雖然이나 吾君不能을 謂之賊이니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indeed perhaps being a ruler but not be able to exhaust the way of the ruler, being a subject but not be able to carry out the responsibility of the subject [then it is] not possible to join together the ruling in the states under the Heaven. Nevertheless, saying [that] my ruler is not able [to do this] is called treacherous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ For &amp;quot;天下國家&amp;quot; part I found a reference to Mencius (孟子曰：「人有恆言，皆曰『天下國家』。) in which this part is translated as  &amp;quot;The kingdom, the State, the family.&amp;quot;. Would this translation be also possible for this text?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 10 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
昔者에 商紂暴虐이어늘 比干이 諫而死하니 忠臣之節이 於斯盡矣로다 孔子曰 臣事君以忠이라하시니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the past, in the state of Shang&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, [there was] king Zhou&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [who was] fierce and cruel. Bi Gan remonstrated against [his doings] and died. The moral integrity of the loyal subject reached to this [point]. Confucius said: &amp;quot;The subject [must] serve the ruler with loyalty.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Shang state (dynasty): 1600 BC - 1046 BC&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; King Zhou, also known as Di XIn (1105 BC - 1046 BC), according to Sima Qian was a very capable and quick-witted king in the early years of his reign but in his late years he preffered drinking and women over morals and ruling the state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 11 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 12 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 13 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_09_-_13&amp;diff=13470</id>
		<title>2018 童蒙先習 09 - 13</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E7%AB%A5%E8%92%99%E5%85%88%E7%BF%92_09_-_13&amp;diff=13470"/>
				<updated>2018-07-09T13:42:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Passage 9 : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 童蒙先習 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
  9. 苟或君而不能盡君道하며 臣而不能修臣職이면 不可與共治天下國家也니라 雖然이나 吾君不能을 謂之賊이니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 만약 혹시라도 임금이면서 임금의 도리를 다하지 못하며 신하이면서 신하의 도리를 다하지 못하면 함께 천하 국가를 다스릴 수 없다. 비록 그렇지만 우리 임금은 훌륭한 정치를 베풀 수 없다고 말하는 이를 임금을 해치는 자라고 하니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 10. 昔者에 商紂暴虐이어늘 比干이 諫而死하니 忠臣之節이 於斯盡矣로다 孔子曰 臣事君以忠이라하시니라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 옛적에 商나라 임금 紂가 포학한 짓을 하자 比干이 간하다가 목숨을 잃었으니 충신의 절개가 여기서 극진했다. 공자께서는 신하는 임금을 忠으로 섬겨야 한다고 하셨다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''::夫婦有別::'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 11. 夫婦는 二姓之合이라 生民之始며 萬福之原이니 行媒議婚하며 納幣親迎者는 厚其別也라 是故로 娶妻하되 不娶同姓하며 爲宮室하되 辨內外하여 男子는 居外而不言內하고 婦人은 居內而不言外하나니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 남편과 아내는 두 성이 합한 관계이다. 백성들이 태어난 시초이며 모든 복의 근원이니 중매를 시행하여 혼인을 의논하며 폐백을 들이고 친히 맞이하는 것은 그 區別을 두터이하기 위한 것이다. 그러므로 아내를 맞아 들이되 같은 姓은 취하지 않으며, 집을 짓되 안과 밖을 구별하여 남자는 밖에 거처하여 안의 일에 대해 말하지 않고, 부인은 안에 거처하여 밖의 일에 대해서는 말하지 않는다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 12. 苟能莊以涖之하여 以體乾健之道하고 柔以正之하여 以承坤順之義면 則家道正矣어니와 反是而夫不能專制하여 御之不以其道하고 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 13. 婦乘其夫하여 事之不以其義하여 昧三從之道하고 有七去之惡이면 則家道索(삭)矣리라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:- 만일 &amp;lt;남편이&amp;gt; 씩씩함으로써 대하여 하늘의 굳건한 도리를 體行하고 &amp;lt;아내는&amp;gt; 부드러움으로써 바로잡아 땅이 하늘에 순종하는 도리를 받든다면 집안의 도리가 바로 서게 될 것이다. 만약 이와 반대로 남편이 아내를 마음대로 제어하지 못하여 올바른 도리로 다스리지 못하고, 아내가 남편의 약점을 틈 타 올바른 도리로 섬기지 않아서 三從의 도리를 알지 못하고 七去에 해당하는 악행이 있으면 집안의 법도가 무너질 것이다.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 9 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
苟或君而不能盡君道하며 臣而不能修臣職이면 不可與共治天下國家也니라 雖然이나 吾君不能을 謂之賊이니&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indeed perhaps being a ruler but not be able to exhaust the way of the ruler, being a subject but not be able to carry out the responsibility of the subject [then it is] not possible to join together the ruling in the states under the Heaven. Nevertheless, saying [that] my ruler is not able [to do this] is called treacherous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ For &amp;quot;天下國家&amp;quot; part I found a reference to Mencius (孟子曰：「人有恆言，皆曰『天下國家』。) in which this part is translated as  &amp;quot;The kingdom, the State, the family.&amp;quot;. Would this translation be also possible for this text?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 10 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 11 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 12 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Passage 13 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E5%AE%88%E6%A0%AA%E5%BE%85%E5%85%94&amp;diff=13341</id>
		<title>(Translation) 守株待兔</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E5%AE%88%E6%A0%AA%E5%BE%85%E5%85%94&amp;diff=13341"/>
				<updated>2018-07-08T15:50:17Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student Translation : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Primary Source Document3&lt;br /&gt;
|Image = 한비자수주대토.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
|English = Waiting for a hare while guarding the tree&lt;br /&gt;
|Chinese = 守株待兔(Shouzhu daitu)&lt;br /&gt;
|Korean = 수주대토&lt;br /&gt;
|Genre = &lt;br /&gt;
|Type = &lt;br /&gt;
|Author = ''Han Fei zi'' 韓非子&lt;br /&gt;
|Year = &lt;br /&gt;
|Key Concepts= &lt;br /&gt;
|Translator = [[2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate)#Participants | Participants of 2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate Training Group)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Editor = &lt;br /&gt;
|Translation Year = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{둥근 모서리2&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
宋人有耕田者，田中有株，兔走，觸株折頸而死，因釋其耒而守株，冀復得兔，兔不可復得，而身為宋國笑。今欲以先王之政，治當世之民，皆守株之類也。古者丈夫不耕，草木之實足食也；婦人不織，禽獸之皮足衣也。不事力而養足，人民少而財有餘，故民不爭。是以厚賞不行，重罰不用而民自治。今人有五子不為多，子又有五子，大父未死而有二十五孫，是以人民眾而貨財寡，事力勞而供養薄，故民爭，雖倍賞累罰而不免於亂。 《韓非.五蠹》&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student Translation : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the state of Song, there was a man who was ploughing a field. In the middle of the field, there was a tree stem, a hare was running [there], ran into the tree stem, broke its neck and died. Therefore, [the man] put down his plough and guarded the tree stem [while] hoping to get a hare again. [However,] the hare could not be gotten again and the man himself became a laughing stock of the state of Song. Now, there are wishes to govern people of the current generation with the ruling of the former kings,  [these are] all the [same] kind as guarding the tree stem. In the old days, a man didn't plough, the fruits of plants and trees were enough to eat; a wife didn't weave, the leather of birds and beasts was enough to wear. [While] not labouring physical strength, [still] the feeding was enough; there were a few people and [their] wealth was abundant, thus the people didn't fight. For this reason, generous rewards didn't work, heavy punishments weren't used and the people ruled themselves. Now, people have five sons and don't think [it's] many, the sons have again five sons [each], the grandfather hasn't died and has twenty-five grandsons. Therefore, the people are numerous and the wealth is little, labouring strength is tough and nurturing is poor, thus people fight. Even though [you give] twice as many awards and aggravate the punishments, [you] cannot avoid the chaos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E6%83%A0%E9%80%9A%E5%87%BA%E5%AE%B6&amp;diff=13330</id>
		<title>(Translation) 惠通出家</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E6%83%A0%E9%80%9A%E5%87%BA%E5%AE%B6&amp;diff=13330"/>
				<updated>2018-07-08T14:41:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Primary Source Document3&lt;br /&gt;
|Image = 혜통출가.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|English = &lt;br /&gt;
|Chinese = &lt;br /&gt;
|Korean = &lt;br /&gt;
|Genre = &lt;br /&gt;
|Type = &lt;br /&gt;
|Author = &lt;br /&gt;
|Year = &lt;br /&gt;
|Key Concepts= &lt;br /&gt;
|Translator = [[2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate)#Participants | Participants of 2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate Training Group)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Editor = &lt;br /&gt;
|Translation Year = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{둥근 모서리2&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
釋恵通氏族未詳, 白衣之時家在南山西麓銀川洞之口. 一日逰舎東溪上, 捕一獺屠之弃骨園中. 詰旦亡其骨跡血尋之, 骨還舊穴抱五兒而蹲. 郎望見驚異久之. 感嘆蹰躇便弃俗出家易名恵通. 《三國遺事》&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Monk Hyet'ong's family background is not known yet [but] when he was still a commoner his house was on the southern side of a mountain and on the west [there was] a foothill which was the entrance to Ŭnch'ŏndong. One day, he was roaming around and stayed above the east valley. [There] he caught one other, killed it and discarded [its] bones in the yard. Next morning, he lost the bones [but] he traced the blood to find it, the bones had returned to the old cave and were embracing five younglings, and [he] crouched down. He was gazing at it and was astonished for a long time. He was touched, sighed, hesitated [and then] immediately he discarded [his] secular life, became a monk&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and changed his name to Hyet'ong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; '出家' literally means 'to leave home' but in this context it has the meaning of 'becoming a Buddhist monk or nun'.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ I'm not very sure about the translation of &amp;quot;家在南山西麓銀川洞之口&amp;quot;part. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E6%83%A0%E9%80%9A%E5%87%BA%E5%AE%B6&amp;diff=13329</id>
		<title>(Translation) 惠通出家</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=(Translation)_%E6%83%A0%E9%80%9A%E5%87%BA%E5%AE%B6&amp;diff=13329"/>
				<updated>2018-07-08T14:40:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Primary Source Document3&lt;br /&gt;
|Image = 혜통출가.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|English = &lt;br /&gt;
|Chinese = &lt;br /&gt;
|Korean = &lt;br /&gt;
|Genre = &lt;br /&gt;
|Type = &lt;br /&gt;
|Author = &lt;br /&gt;
|Year = &lt;br /&gt;
|Key Concepts= &lt;br /&gt;
|Translator = [[2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate)#Participants | Participants of 2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop (Intermediate Training Group)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Editor = &lt;br /&gt;
|Translation Year = 2018&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{둥근 모서리2&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
釋恵通氏族未詳, 白衣之時家在南山西麓銀川洞之口. 一日逰舎東溪上, 捕一獺屠之弃骨園中. 詰旦亡其骨跡血尋之, 骨還舊穴抱五兒而蹲. 郎望見驚異久之. 感嘆蹰躇便弃俗出家易名恵通. 《三國遺事》&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Monk Hyet'ong's family background is not known yet [but] when he was still a commoner his house was on the southern side of a mountain and on the west [there was] a foothill which was the entrance to Ŭnch'ŏndong. One day, he was roaming around and stayed above the east valley. [There] he caught one other, killed it and discarded [its] bones in the yard. Next morning, he lost the bones [but] he traced the blood to find it, the bones had returned to the old cave and were embracing five younglings and [he] crouched down. He was gazing at it and was astonished for a long time. He was touched, sighed, hesitated [and then] immediately he discarded [his] secular life, became a monk&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and changed his name to Hyet'ong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; '出家' literally means 'to leave home' but in this context it has the meaning of 'becoming a Buddhist monk or nun'.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ I'm not very sure about the translation of &amp;quot;家在南山西麓銀川洞之口&amp;quot;part. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_06_-_10&amp;diff=13190</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 06 - 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_06_-_10&amp;diff=13190"/>
				<updated>2018-07-06T02:02:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Sentence 7 : Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
6. 風&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 風者大塊噓氣去來空中動息有時本無跡能有聲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*有 ／無  N: have N (or there is N)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*能 V: be able to V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*V [PLACE]: V in/on/at [PLACE]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. 雲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 雲者山川之靈氣蒸而爲雲隨風而行以施雨雪常從飛龍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*隨 N: following N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*以 (N): with (N)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. 露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 春夏之際天氣下降地氣上昇化爲露潤草木百穀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 之際: the time of N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*化為 N: turn/change into N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. 雨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 雨者天地之霈澤時行濡物以生草木又養禾稼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*又 C: also C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. 霧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 地氣發而天氣不應則爲霧片時噓起尺地難辨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*不 V: not V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*難 V: be difficult to V &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 6 : Nan Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The Wind&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That which is called the wind: it exhales air in large portions; it comes and goes in space. Sometimes it moves and sometimes it ceases. It is fundamentally traceless, but it can have sound. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) I think that your use of a colon is a good way to represent the way in which 者 sets the preceding clause apart as the topic of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 7 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
雲者山川之靈氣蒸而爲雲隨風而行以施雨雪常從飛龍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cloud&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That which is called the cloud, it is spiritual ''ki'' of mountains and springs which evaporates and becomes a cloud; it follows the wind and goes around; by giving rain and snow it permanently follows the flying dragon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ I am still thinking about how to translate the 龍, but couldn't find a better word for this in English. Maybe Chinese origin/style dragon?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 8 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
8. Dew:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the time of spring and summer, the qi of the heaven descends and the qi of the earth rises. They transform and become dew, which refreshes the grass, the trees, and all grains.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
+ Can the time period be interpreted as the time when spring changes into summer?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) Since definitions of 際 include &amp;quot;between,&amp;quot; I would say that it could be interpreted that way since the time between spring and summer would be the time when spring changes into summer. However, that would depend on the way in which seasonal divisions were understood. In our contemporary conception of seasonal divisions I don't think there is a notion of a time of transition between each season.   &lt;br /&gt;
+ Can &amp;quot;潤&amp;quot; be translated as nourishes?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(YO) I think yes. It is basically to water things so that the become alive, abundant and even lustrous, and not to dry up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 9 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 10 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
If the Qi of the earth issues and the Qi of the sky doesn't respond to it, then it becomes fog and, in a brief moment, it rises sighing so deeply that it becomes difficult to distinguish the earth's lenght.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) I like the image which come with the phrase &amp;quot;sighing so deeply that it becomes difficult to distinguish the earth's length.&amp;quot; As though the deepness of the sign corresponds to the amount of land that is visible. &lt;br /&gt;
If the verb &amp;quot;issues&amp;quot; is on its own it is a little difficult to understand for me. Perhaps we could say &amp;quot;issues forth&amp;quot;? &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(YO) 尺地 is taken as a word meaning &amp;quot;a foot of land&amp;quot; coming from 一尺之地.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_06_-_10&amp;diff=13094</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 06 - 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_06_-_10&amp;diff=13094"/>
				<updated>2018-07-05T15:13:17Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Sentence 7 : Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
6. 風&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 風者大塊噓氣去來空中動息有時本無跡能有聲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*有 ／無  N: have N (or there is N)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*能 V: be able to V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*V [PLACE]: V in/on/at [PLACE]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. 雲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 雲者山川之靈氣蒸而爲雲隨風而行以施雨雪常從飛龍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*隨 N: following N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*以 (N): with (N)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. 露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 春夏之際天氣下降地氣上昇化爲露潤草木百穀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 之際: the time of N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*化為 N: turn/change into N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. 雨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 雨者天地之霈澤時行濡物以生草木又養禾稼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*又 C: also C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. 霧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 地氣發而天氣不應則爲霧片時噓起尺地難辨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*不 V: not V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*難 V: be difficult to V &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''(sample) : Young Kyun Oh'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 6 : Nan Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The Wind&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That which is called the wind: it exhales air in large portions; it comes and goes in space. Sometimes it moves and sometimes it ceases. It is fundamentally traceless, but it can have sound. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) I think that your use of a colon is a good way to represent the way in which 者 sets the preceding clause apart as the topic of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 7 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
雲者山川之靈氣蒸而爲雲隨風而行以施雨雪常從飛龍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cloud&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That which is called the cloud, it is spiritual ''ki'' of mountains and springs which evaporates and becomes a cloud; it follows the wind and goes around; by giving rain and snow it permanently follows the flying dragon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ I am still thinking about how to translate the 龍, but couldn't find a better word for this in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 8 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
8. Dew:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the time of spring and summer, the qi of the heaven descends and the qi of the earth rises. They transform and become dew, which refreshes the grass, the trees, and all grains.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
+ Can the time period be interpreted as the time when spring changes into summer?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) Since definitions of 際 include &amp;quot;between,&amp;quot; I would say that it could be interpreted that way since the time between spring and summer would be the time when spring changes into summer. However, that would depend on the way in which seasonal divisions were understood. In our contemporary conception of seasonal divisions I don't think there is a notion of a time of transition between each season.   &lt;br /&gt;
+ Can &amp;quot;潤&amp;quot; be translated as nourishes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 9 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 10 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
If the Qi of the earth issues and the Qi of the sky doesn't respond to it, then it becomes fog and, in a brief moment, it rises sighing so deeply that it becomes difficult to distinguish the earth's lenght.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) I like the image which come with the phrase &amp;quot;sighing so deeply that it becomes difficult to distinguish the earth's length.&amp;quot; As though the deepness of the sign corresponds to the amount of land that is visible. &lt;br /&gt;
If the verb &amp;quot;issues&amp;quot; is on its own it is a little difficult to understand for me. Perhaps we could say &amp;quot;issues forth&amp;quot;? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_06_-_10&amp;diff=13093</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 06 - 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_06_-_10&amp;diff=13093"/>
				<updated>2018-07-05T15:13:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Sentence 7 : Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
6. 風&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 風者大塊噓氣去來空中動息有時本無跡能有聲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*有 ／無  N: have N (or there is N)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*能 V: be able to V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*V [PLACE]: V in/on/at [PLACE]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. 雲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 雲者山川之靈氣蒸而爲雲隨風而行以施雨雪常從飛龍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*隨 N: following N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*以 (N): with (N)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. 露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 春夏之際天氣下降地氣上昇化爲露潤草木百穀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 之際: the time of N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*化為 N: turn/change into N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. 雨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 雨者天地之霈澤時行濡物以生草木又養禾稼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*又 C: also C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. 霧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 地氣發而天氣不應則爲霧片時噓起尺地難辨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*不 V: not V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*難 V: be difficult to V &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''(sample) : Young Kyun Oh'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 6 : Nan Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The Wind&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That which is called the wind: it exhales air in large portions; it comes and goes in space. Sometimes it moves and sometimes it ceases. It is fundamentally traceless, but it can have sound. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) I think that your use of a colon is a good way to represent the way in which 者 sets the preceding clause apart as the topic of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 7 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
雲者山川之靈氣蒸而爲雲隨風而行以施雨雪常從飛龍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cloud&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That which is called a cloud, it is spiritual ''ki'' of mountains and springs which evaporates and becomes a cloud; it follows the wind and goes around; by giving rain and snow it permanently follows the flying dragon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ I am still thinking about how to translate the 龍, but couldn't find a better word for this in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 8 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
8. Dew:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the time of spring and summer, the qi of the heaven descends and the qi of the earth rises. They transform and become dew, which refreshes the grass, the trees, and all grains.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
+ Can the time period be interpreted as the time when spring changes into summer?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) Since definitions of 際 include &amp;quot;between,&amp;quot; I would say that it could be interpreted that way since the time between spring and summer would be the time when spring changes into summer. However, that would depend on the way in which seasonal divisions were understood. In our contemporary conception of seasonal divisions I don't think there is a notion of a time of transition between each season.   &lt;br /&gt;
+ Can &amp;quot;潤&amp;quot; be translated as nourishes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 9 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 10 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
If the Qi of the earth issues and the Qi of the sky doesn't respond to it, then it becomes fog and, in a brief moment, it rises sighing so deeply that it becomes difficult to distinguish the earth's lenght.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) I like the image which come with the phrase &amp;quot;sighing so deeply that it becomes difficult to distinguish the earth's length.&amp;quot; As though the deepness of the sign corresponds to the amount of land that is visible. &lt;br /&gt;
If the verb &amp;quot;issues&amp;quot; is on its own it is a little difficult to understand for me. Perhaps we could say &amp;quot;issues forth&amp;quot;? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_06_-_10&amp;diff=13092</id>
		<title>2018 學語集 06 - 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E5%AD%B8%E8%AA%9E%E9%9B%86_06_-_10&amp;diff=13092"/>
				<updated>2018-07-05T15:12:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Sentence 7 : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 學語集 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
6. 風&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 風者大塊噓氣去來空中動息有時本無跡能有聲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*有 ／無  N: have N (or there is N)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*能 V: be able to V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*V [PLACE]: V in/on/at [PLACE]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. 雲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 雲者山川之靈氣蒸而爲雲隨風而行以施雨雪常從飛龍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*隨 N: following N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*以 (N): with (N)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. 露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 春夏之際天氣下降地氣上昇化爲露潤草木百穀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*N 之際: the time of N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*化為 N: turn/change into N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. 雨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 雨者天地之霈澤時行濡物以生草木又養禾稼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*又 C: also C &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. 霧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 地氣發而天氣不應則爲霧片時噓起尺地難辨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*不 V: not V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*難 V: be difficult to V &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''(sample) : Young Kyun Oh'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 6 : Nan Kathy Lin'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
The Wind&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That which is called the wind: it exhales air in large portions; it comes and goes in space. Sometimes it moves and sometimes it ceases. It is fundamentally traceless, but it can have sound. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) I think that your use of a colon is a good way to represent the way in which 者 sets the preceding clause apart as the topic of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 7 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
雲者山川之靈氣蒸而爲雲隨風而行以施雨雪常從飛龍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cloud&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the cloud, it is spiritual ''ki'' of mountains and springs which evaporates and becomes a cloud; it follows the wind and goes around; by giving rain and snow it permanently follows the flying dragon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ I am still thinking about how to translate the 龍, but couldn't find a better word for this in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 8 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
8. Dew:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the time of spring and summer, the qi of the heaven descends and the qi of the earth rises. They transform and become dew, which refreshes the grass, the trees, and all grains.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
+ Can the time period be interpreted as the time when spring changes into summer?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) Since definitions of 際 include &amp;quot;between,&amp;quot; I would say that it could be interpreted that way since the time between spring and summer would be the time when spring changes into summer. However, that would depend on the way in which seasonal divisions were understood. In our contemporary conception of seasonal divisions I don't think there is a notion of a time of transition between each season.   &lt;br /&gt;
+ Can &amp;quot;潤&amp;quot; be translated as nourishes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 9 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sentence 10 : (Althea Volpe)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
If the Qi of the earth issues and the Qi of the sky doesn't respond to it, then it becomes fog and, in a brief moment, it rises sighing so deeply that it becomes difficult to distinguish the earth's lenght.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Kyrie) I like the image which come with the phrase &amp;quot;sighing so deeply that it becomes difficult to distinguish the earth's length.&amp;quot; As though the deepness of the sign corresponds to the amount of land that is visible. &lt;br /&gt;
If the verb &amp;quot;issues&amp;quot; is on its own it is a little difficult to understand for me. Perhaps we could say &amp;quot;issues forth&amp;quot;? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E6%8E%A8%E5%8F%A5_01_-_04&amp;diff=12968</id>
		<title>2018 推句 01 - 04</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E6%8E%A8%E5%8F%A5_01_-_04&amp;diff=12968"/>
				<updated>2018-07-05T00:13:45Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Poem 1 : Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 推句 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天高日月明이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地厚草木生이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
月出天開眼이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
山高地擧頭라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日月千年鏡이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江山萬古屛이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
東西日月門이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
南北鴻雁路라.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''(sample) : Young Kyun Oh'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Poem 1 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
天高日月明이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地厚草木生이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
月出天開眼이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
山高地擧頭라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sky is high and the sun and the moon are bright,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the earth is thick and the plants and the trees are born [from it]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon comes out, the sky opens its eye,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the mountains are high, the earth raises its head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+(YO) There is no &amp;quot;stars&amp;quot; in the first line; In the second line, it could also be &amp;quot;...live [on it],&amp;quot; couldn't it?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+(YO) For lines 3 and 4, would it be better if we make it something like: &amp;quot;The moon comes out; the sky opens its eye&amp;quot;? (Without the connecting &amp;quot;and&amp;quot;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Poem 4 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
Sun and moon, the mirrors of the ages&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Literally, thousands of years (千年)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Rivers and mountains, the folding screens of the eons&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Literally, immeasurable antiquity (萬古)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
East and West, the gates of the sun and moon,&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
South and North, the paths of migratory birds&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;The term used literally denotes the swan goose (鴻雁, lat. Anser cygnoides), but here it is a synecdoche common in literature written in Classic Chinese indicating all migratory birds.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
+ How can the representations of earthly (rivers and mountains) and heavenly (sun and moon) phenomena given in the first two lines be interpreted through the following angles:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
a) the use of different words to denote long time periods, one seemingly longer than the other?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b) the use of two different verbs, one indicating a reflected image and one a painting or a backdrop?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
+ Based on the example given in the last line, please discuss the different options for translating culturally specific synecdoches and the pros and cons of each possible solution.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E6%8E%A8%E5%8F%A5_01_-_04&amp;diff=12728</id>
		<title>2018 推句 01 - 04</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E6%8E%A8%E5%8F%A5_01_-_04&amp;diff=12728"/>
				<updated>2018-07-03T10:29:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Original Script */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 推句 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天高日月明이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地厚草木生이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
月出天開眼이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
山高地擧頭라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日月千年鏡이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江山萬古屛이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
東西日月門이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
南北鴻雁路라.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''(sample) : Young Kyun Oh'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Poem 1 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
天高日月明이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地厚草木生이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
月出天開眼이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
山高地擧頭라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sky is high and the sun, the moon, and the stars are bright,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the earth is thick and the plants and the trees are born [from it]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon comes out and the sky opens its eye,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the mountains are high and the earth raises its head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Poem 4 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E6%8E%A8%E5%8F%A5_01_-_04&amp;diff=12727</id>
		<title>2018 推句 01 - 04</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E6%8E%A8%E5%8F%A5_01_-_04&amp;diff=12727"/>
				<updated>2018-07-03T10:29:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Poem 1 : (Petra Sváková) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 推句 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天高日月明이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地厚草木生이라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
月出天開眼이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
山高地擧頭라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日月千年鏡이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江山萬古屛이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
東西日月門이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
南北鴻雁路라.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''(sample) : Young Kyun Oh'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Poem 1 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
天高日月明이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地厚草木生이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
月出天開眼이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
山高地擧頭라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sky is high and the sun, the moon, and the stars are bright,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the earth is thick and the plants and the trees are born [from it]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon comes out and the sky opens its eye,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the mountains are high and the earth raises its head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Poem 4 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E6%8E%A8%E5%8F%A5_01_-_04&amp;diff=12726</id>
		<title>2018 推句 01 - 04</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=2018_%E6%8E%A8%E5%8F%A5_01_-_04&amp;diff=12726"/>
				<updated>2018-07-03T10:28:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Poem 1 : (Write your name) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
'''::: 推句 :::'''&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天高日月明이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地厚草木生이라&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
月出天開眼이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
山高地擧頭라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日月千年鏡이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江山萬古屛이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
東西日月門이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
南北鴻雁路라.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''(sample) : Young Kyun Oh'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Poem 1 : (Petra Sváková)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
天高日月明이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地厚草木生이라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
月出天開眼이요&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
山高地擧頭라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sky is high and the sun, the moon, and the stars are bright,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the earth is thick and the plants and the trees are born [from it]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon comes out and the sky opens its eye,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the mountains are high and the earth raises its head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Poem 4 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Discussion Questions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:2018 Hanmun Summer Workshop]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Intermediate Training Group]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=%EB%AC%B8%EC%9E%A5_56_-_60&amp;diff=5522</id>
		<title>문장 56 - 60</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/jsg/index.php?title=%EB%AC%B8%EC%9E%A5_56_-_60&amp;diff=5522"/>
				<updated>2017-07-22T15:33:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Thpepe: /* Student 3 : Petra Sváková */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''Original Script'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{원문텍스트&lt;br /&gt;
| = &lt;br /&gt;
56. 鷗 : 鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客相狎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩 : 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘 : 鑿地灌水曰池塘可植蓮邊種柳程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59. 巖 : 石之大者曰巖如虎而蹲如龍而距不變太古之顔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60. 山 : 土積而高起者爲山其高千萬丈草木生禽獸居焉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61. 川 : 小水合流曰川深爲潭淺爲灘晝夜不息魚鱉生其間&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62. 瀑布 : 懸崖絶壁飛流之水散泡如雪作聲如雷廬山之瀑勝於天下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translation'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 1 : Sanghoon Na'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
56. 鷗 : 鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客相狎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea gulls: Sea gulls are water fowls. At the ocean waves and on the vast expanse of sea they soar and dive many times. With fishermen they look for alliance. With seafarers they play with.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩 : 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigeons: On the mulberry trees in spring days those which harmoniously cry and summon rain are pigeons. They are bad at building nests. So some of them dwell in magpies' nests.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘 : 鑿地灌水曰池塘可植蓮邊種柳程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ponds: The dug ground with irrigated water is called a pond. People can plant lotus [there] and sow willows on the side. Cheng Zi saw fish in the basin pond.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59. 巖 : 石之大者曰巖如虎而蹲如龍而距不變太古之顔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rocks: The great ones among stones are called rocks. Like tigers they look squatting. Like the dragon they look sitting on. [They have] Face unchanged for ages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60. 山 : 土積而高起者爲山其高千萬丈草木生禽獸居焉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mountains: Earth piled up and risen high becomes a mount. &lt;br /&gt;
The heaped-up earth rising high [from the surrounding level] becomes a mountain. Its height is thousands and ten thousands ''chang''&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; A chang is a unit of length, approximately equal to 3.33 meters&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Plants and trees grow [there] and birds and beasts dwell in it. &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61. 川 : 小水合流曰川深爲潭淺爲灘晝夜不息魚鱉生其間&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Streams: Brooklets merging and flowing are called streams. If [they are] deep, they are pools. If shallow, they are rapids. Day and night they do not rest. Fish and turtles live in between [them].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62. 瀑布 : 懸崖絶壁飛流之水散泡如雪作聲如雷廬山之瀑勝於天下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterfalls: Hanging on cliffs and steep walls, it is a flying and flowing water. Dispersing foams are like snow. Its created sounds are like thunder. The waterfall of Lushan &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Lushan is situated in the northern part of Jiangxi province in southeastern China.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; surpasses [all the other waterfalls] under heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 2 : Younès M'Ghari'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
56. 鷗 : 鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客相狎&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seagulls are water poultries. In the ten thousand qing&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; of the blue waves, they often float up and sink down. With fishermen, they seek alliance; with sailors, they play around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩 : 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In mulberry trees, by spring sun, they cry together and summon the rain; these are pigeons. They are clumsy at building nests. Thus, some live in magpie nests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘 : 鑿地灌水曰池塘可植蓮邊種柳程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Digging the earth and filling water [in, this] is called a 'pond'. Lotus can be planted [in], willows be sowed beside. Chengzi&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; contemplated the fish of the basin pond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59. 巖 : 石之大者曰巖如虎而蹲如龍而距不變太古之顔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The big one of a stone is called ‘boulder’. Like tigers it crouches, like dragons it moves. It does not change the face of the remote antiquity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60. 山 : 土積而高起者爲山其高千萬丈草木生禽獸居焉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Those which are piled dirt and rising high are mountains. Their height is 10 million&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; zhang&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. [There] Plants and trees grow, birds and beasts dwell.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61. 川 : 小水合流曰川深爲潭淺爲灘晝夜不息魚鱉生其間&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small waters merging and flowing are called ‘streams’. If they are deep, they are 'profound waters'; if they are shallow, they are 'shoals'. They flow day and night. Fish and turtles live inside [them].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62. 瀑布 : 懸崖絶壁飛流之水散泡如雪作聲如雷廬山之瀑勝於天下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hanging on cliffs and steep walls, the water that flies and flow scatters foam like snow and makes sounds like thunder. The waterfall of the mountain Lu&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; is the most marvellous one under the heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;: 頃 (Korean: kyông), a traditional unit of area supposedly equal to 6.667 hectares or 16.474 acres; in this sentence, it could have been translated into 'vastness'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;: 程子 (Korean: Chôngja, 'Master Cheng'), a Chinese philosopher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;: 千萬 could either be translated as 'thousand ten thousands' (that is, 'ten millions'), 'thousands of ten thousands', 'thousands or ten thousands', 'a thousand or ten thousands' or more simply as 'very high' in this case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;: 丈 (Korean: chang), a traditional unit of lengh/width/height supposedly equal to 3.333 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;: 廬山 (Chinese: Lushan), a famous mountain close to the Yangzi river in the Jiangxi province.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 3 : Petra Sváková'''===&lt;br /&gt;
56. 鷗 : 鷗爲水鷄滄浪萬頃多時浮沈與漁父尋盟與海客&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea gulls: Sea gulls are water chickens&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. In ten thousand kyǒng&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [of] blue waves, many times [they] float [up] and sink. [They] seek for alliance with fishermen [and] pleasurably play with sea travellers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩 : 桑林春日和鳴而喚雨者鳩也拙於構巢故或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigeons: In the mulberry forest, in the spring sun, those which harmoniously cry [together] and summon rain are the pigeons. [They] are bad at building nests. Therefore, some [of them] live in magpies' nests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘 : 鑿地灌水曰池塘可植蓮邊種柳程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ponds: [When one] digs out the ground and pours [in] water, [that is] called a 'pond'. [One] can plant lotuses [in there and] seed willow trees on the side. Master Jǒng (Ch. Cheng) was looking at fishes in the basin pond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59. 巖 : 石之大者曰巖如虎而蹲如龍而距不變太古之顔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cliffs: The big one [among] stones is called a 'cliff'. Like tigers, [they] crouch; like dragons, [they] move far. [Their] faces of antiquity do not change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60. 山 : 土積而高起者爲山其高千萬丈草木生禽獸居焉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mountains: Those [which have] piled up dirt [on] and are rising high are the mountains. Their height is thousand and ten thousand of jang&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, plants and trees grow [there and] birds and beasts dwell [there].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61. 川 : 小水合流曰川深爲潭淺爲灘晝夜不息魚鱉生其間&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Streams: [When] small waters merge and flow, [that is] called a 'stream'. [If they are] deep, [they] are pools '''{Ois this word right?O}'''; [if they are] shallow, [they] are shoals. Day and night, [they] do not rest. Fishes and turtles live inside them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62. 瀑布 : 懸崖絶壁飛流之水散泡如雪作聲如雷廬山之瀑勝於天下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waterfalls: They hang on cliffs and steep walls. Water [which] flows and flies scatters foam like snow and makes sounds like thunder. The waterfall of the mountain Yŏ (Ch. Lu)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [is the most] splendid [one] under the Heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; This refers to the chicken as the most common bird.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; It is a land measure which equals to about 15.13 acres.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; lenght of ten feet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; It is also known as Kuanglu (匡庐) in ancient times and is situated in the northern part of Jiangxi province in southeastern China.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 4 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 5 : (Jae Yong Chang)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
56. 鷗: 鷗爲水鷄, 滄浪萬頃, 多時浮沈與漁父, 尋盟與海客, 相狎&lt;br /&gt;
Seagulls: Seagulls became water chickens. In the large sea with blue waves, many times they come in and go out with fishermen. They look for alliance with sea guests. They play each other arrogantly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57. 鳩: 桑林春日, 和鳴而喚雨者, 鳩也, 拙於構巢, 故, 或居於鵲巢&lt;br /&gt;
Pigeons: On mulberry trees in spring time, they cry together and summon the rain. They are called ‘pigeons.’  They are clumsy to build nests. Therefore, some [pigeons] stay in magpie’s nests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58. 池塘: 鑿地灌水曰, 池塘, 可植蓮, 邊種柳, 程子於盆池觀魚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pond: You dig out ground and pour water in it.  [It is] called a ‘pond.’  You can plant lotus and can seed willows around it. Master Cheng looks at fishes at the basin pond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59. 巖: 石之大者曰, 巖, 如虎而蹲, 如龍而距, 不變太古之顔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boulders: A great stone [among stones] is called a ‘boulder.’  It looks like a squatting tiger and like a dragon sitting on.  The face of great antiquity never changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60. 山: 土積而高起者, 爲山, 其高千萬丈, 草木生, 禽獸居焉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mountain: Heaping a mass of dirt and rising highly, it becomes a ‘mountain.’ It is ten million high. Plants and trees live [there] and birds and beasts stay there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61. 川: 小水合流曰, 川, 深爲潭淺爲灘, 晝夜不息, 魚鱉生其間&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flowing waters: Small waters merge and flow. That is ‘flowing waters.” If it is deep, it becomes pool. If it is shallow, it becomes shoal. [It] never stop at day time and night time. Fishes and soft-shelled turtles live in the space [between land and water.] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62. 瀑布: 懸崖絶壁, 飛流之水, 散泡如雪, 作聲如雷, 廬山之瀑, 勝於天下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hanging on edge of a cliff and flying and flowing of water. Scattering foam like snow and making sound like sounder.  The fall in Lúshān is really beautiful in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 6 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 7 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 8 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 9 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 10 : Jelena Gledić'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
56. Seagull:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The seagull is the sea chicken. The blue waves are vast, it often dives in and out. With fishermen, it seeks alliances. With voyageurs, it is friendly.   &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57. Pigeon:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Those that summon the rain with their harmonious cry in the mulberry forest in the days of spring are pigeons. [They are] clumsy at making nests, so sometimes they live in the nests of magpies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 11 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 12 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 13 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Student 14 : (Write your name)'''===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Thpepe</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>